10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D. C.  20549

FORM 10-K

☒ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014.

OR

☐TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Transition Period From __________ to __________

Commission File Number 1-9720

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	16-1434688
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

PAR Technology Park
8383 Seneca Turnpike
New Hartford, New York	13413-4991
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

 (315) 738-0600

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Title of Each Class	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $.02 par value	New York Stock Exchange

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes☐ No☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes☐No☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes☒ No☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes☒ No☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S‑K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in PartIII of this Form 10‑K or any amendment to this Form 10‑K.☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer ☐	Accelerated Filer ☐	Non Accelerated Filer ☐	Smaller reporting company ☒
		(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   Yes ☐No☒

As of June 30, 2014, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the shares of voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $42,195,733 based upon the closing price of the Company’s common stock.

The number of shares outstanding of registrant’s common stock, as of February 27, 2015 ─ 15,566,599 shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement in connection with its 2015 annual meeting of stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III.

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FORM 10-K

Item Number		Page
PART I
Item1.	Business	2
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	18
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	24
Item 2.	Properties	24
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	26
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	26
PART II
Item 5.	Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	27
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	27
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	28
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	45
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	46
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements With Accounting and Financial Disclosure	46
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	46
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and  Corporate Governance	49
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	49
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	49
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	49
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	49
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	50
	Signatures	89

“Safe Harbor” Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995

This document contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Any statements in this document that do not describe historical facts are forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking statements in this document (including forward-looking statements regarding the continued health of segments of the hospitality industry, future information technology outsourcing opportunities, an expected increase or decrease in contract funding by the U.S. Government, the impact of current world events on our results of operations, the effects of inflation on our margins, and the effects of interest rate and foreign currency fluctuations on our results of operations) are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  When we use words such as “intend,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “plan,” “will,” or “expect”, we are making forward-looking statements.  We believe the assumptions and expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, based on information available to us on the date hereof, but we cannot assure you these assumptions and expectations will prove to have been correct or we will take any action we presently may be planning.  We have disclosed certain important factors that could cause our actual future results to differ materially from our current expectation, including: a decline in the volume of purchases made by one or a group of our major customers; risks in technology development and commercialization; risks of downturns in economic conditions generally, and in the quick-service sector of the hospitality market specifically; risks associated with government contracts; risks associated with competition and competitive pricing pressures; and risks related to foreign operations.  Forward-looking statements made in connection with this report are necessarily qualified by these factors.  We are not undertaking to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statement if we obtain new information or upon the occurrence of future events or otherwise.

1

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

PART I

Item 1: Business

PAR Technology Corporation (“PAR” or the “Company”) has operations in two distinct business segments: Hospitality and Government.

PAR’s Hospitality business segment, representing approximately 62% of consolidated revenue, provides technology solutions, including hardware, software and a range of support services, to businesses and organizations within the global hospitality industry that includes restaurants, hotels, resorts, spas and specialty retail outlets.  The Company continues to be a leading provider of hospitality management technology systems to restaurants (the Quick Service, Fast Casual and Table Service categories) with over 50,000 systems installed in over 110 countries.  In addition, the Company is expanding its business into the retail marketplace with PAR’s food safety and task management solution, SureCheck®. These technology solutions are marketed collectively through the Company’s Hospitality segment.  The Company’s Hospitality segment also provides guest-centric property management solutions to hotels, resorts, spas, casinos, and other hospitality properties, worldwide.

PAR’s Government business segment, representing approximately 38% of consolidated revenue, provides a range of technical services for the U.S. Department of Defense (“DoD”) and federal agencies. This segment is dedicated to providing Intelligence, Surveillance and Reconnaissance (“ISR”) technology and services specializing in the development of advanced signal and image processing and management systems with a focus on geospatial intelligence, geographic information systems, and command and control applications. Additionally, this business provides mission critical telecommunications, satellite command and control, and information technology operations and maintenance services worldwide to the U.S. DoD.

Information concerning the Company’s industry segments for the two years ended December 31, 2014 is set forth in Note 11 “Segments and Related Information” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

PAR’s corporate headquarters are located at PAR Technology Park, 8383 Seneca Turnpike, New Hartford, NY 13413-4991, and our telephone number is (315) 738-0600.  We maintain significant facilities for our Hospitality segment in our New Hartford headquarters, as well as Boca Raton, FL, Boulder, CO, Las Vegas, NV, Shanghai, People’s Republic of China, Stowe, VT, Sydney, Australia, and Markham, Ontario. We maintain Hospitality sales offices worldwide.  The Company’s Government business is headquartered in Rome, NY.  Our Government business has employees worldwide in fulfillment of our contract-based support services.

2

The Company’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PAR”.  Through PAR’s website (our website address is http://www.partech.com), our Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K and amendments thereto are available to interested parties, free of charge.  Information contained on our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Unless the context otherwise requires, the term  "PAR" or "Company" as used herein, means PAR Technology Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

3

Hospitality Segment

PAR’s solutions for the Restaurant market integrate software applications, hardware platforms and installation and lifecycle support services.  PAR’s hardware offerings for the Restaurant market include Point-of-Sale (“POS”) terminals, kitchen systems utilizing printers and/or video monitors, and a wide range of food safety monitoring and task management tools.  PAR’s software offerings for the Restaurant market include front-of-store POS software applications, operations management software applications (known as Back Office), and enterprise software applications for content management and business intelligence.

As a leading provider to the Restaurant market, PAR has developed, long-term committed relationships with the industry’s three largest organizations, McDonald’s Corporation, Yum! Brands, Inc., and the SUBWAY^® franchisees of Doctor’s Associates Inc.  McDonald’s^® has over 36,000 restaurants in more than 100 countries, and PAR has been an approved provider of restaurant technology systems and support services to their organization since 1980.  Yum! Brands^®, which includes Taco Bell^®, KFC^®, and Pizza Hut^®, has been a PAR customer since 1983.  Yum! Brands has over 41,000 restaurants in more than 125 countries, and PAR continues to be a major supplier of in-store technology systems to concepts within the Yum! Brands portfolio.  The Company continues to expand their installed base of hardware technology and services with SUBWAY, which has more than 43,000 restaurants in over 110 countries.  Other significant hospitality chains for which PAR is the POS vendor of choice include the Baskin-Robbins® unit of Dunkin' Brands Group, Inc.,  the Hardee’s^®  and Carl’s Jr. ^® units of CKE Restaurants, Inc., the Carnival Cruise Lines^® unit of Carnival Corporation & plc  and franchisees of these organizations.

PAR has also developed an intelligent checklist solution for food safety measurement and task management automation marketed under the name SureCheck®. During the year, the Company continued to add new accounts utilizing its SureCheck product, in addition to its existing customers, Wegmans Food Markets, Inc., with its 85 store locations, and Wal-Mart Stores Inc.,  (including Sam’s Clubs), and its 5,000 domestic stores.  These customers have selected PAR as its vendor of choice for their food safety and task management requirements.

In the Hotel market, PAR is a leading global provider of software solutions for a variety of property types including city-center hotels, destination spa and golf resorts, cruise ships, and casino hotels.  High profile customers utilizing PAR’s solutions include The Old Course Hotel at St. Andrews, a unit of Kohler Company, Pebble Beach Resorts® of the Pebble Beach Company, and Gleneagles Hotel® unit of Diageo plc.  Large hotel chains utilizing one or more of PAR’s software solution offerings include Accor SA, Four Seasons Hotels Limited, the Fairmont® and Swissotel® units of FRHI Holdings Limited, Hilton Worldwide, Inc., Kempinski AG, Mandarin Oriental Hotel Group, Marriott International, Inc. and its Ritz-Carlton subsidiary, The Maybourne Group,  and Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc.

4

Products

The Company markets its hardware, software and services as an integrated solution or unbundled, on an individual basis.  PAR’s hardware offerings, particularly its POS terminals, are highly regarded by the hospitality industry for their broad functionality, reliability, durability, and high quality.  The Company often sells hardware in combination with services, thereby delivering maximum system performance on a cost-effective basis.  PAR emphasizes the operational and economic value of a bundled, integrated solution, combining hardware, software and services, offering customers a comprehensive solution capable of enabling efficient restaurant operation, while also providing operational and marketing insights.

Hardware

The PAR EverServ^® family of hardware platforms is designed to operate in harsh hospitality environments, be durable and highly functioning, scalable and easily integrated - offering customers’ competitive performance at a cost-conscious price.  The Company’s hardware platforms, compatible with popular operating systems, support a distributed processing environment and are suitable for a broad range of use and functions within the markets served.  PAR’s open architecture POS platforms are optimized to host the Company’s EverServ POS software applications, as well as most third-party POS applications, and are compatible with many peripheral devices.  PAR partners with numerous vendors of complementary in-store peripherals, from cash drawers, card readers and printers to kitchen video systems, allowing the Company to provide a complete solution integrated and delivered by one vendor.

PAR currently offers a range of POS hardware platforms, designed with the intent to meet the needs of our customers, regardless of the restaurant concept, the size of the organization or the complexity of its requirements.  PAR’s hardware terminal offerings are primarily comprised of three POS product lines: EverServ 500, EverServ 7000 Series and EverServ 6000 Series.

5

PAR’s hardware offering, the EverServ 500 platform, is built with the same rugged durability PAR is known for but in a compact design that delivers the performance and reliability of their legacy offerings. Its small ergonomic footprint is ideal for installations where space is at a premium. The design offers a spill resistant, high-impact enclosure that is built to withstand harsh restaurant and retail conditions with continuous operation. The EverServ 500’s solid state design is quiet, offers low power consumption and minimizes maintenance.

The patented EverServ 7000 series is PAR’s flagship POS platform, designed to offer PAR’s ultimate combination of performance, style, ease of service, remote management, flexibility and modularity.  The EverServ 7000 series hardwareis built to perform in harsh environments enduring severe treatment and liquid spills. The high performance next-gen architecture of the series supports demanding applications and delivers the speed needed to improve customer throughput.

The patented EverServ 6000 platform has been PAR’s high performance, rugged and reliable POS terminal for the past several years and been deployed globally with the world’s largest restaurant chains. By design, the Everserv 6000 is simple to service, reducing down times and minimizing business interruption. The EverServ 6000 POS terminal leverages a common computing platform across multiple configurations to simplify IT operations, deployment and support, resulting in lower costs. In addition, its energy-saving features and rugged design contribute to a low total cost of ownership and a long product lifespan.

As a result of market changes and demand of mobile technologies within restaurants and additional hospitality environments, PAR introduced its series of tablets designed to withstand the harsh hospitality environment and deliver best performance, durability and highest level of UP time. The PAR Tablet 8 and PAR Tablet 10 are the latest in series of mobile devices built for the needs of its Hospitality customers, with a rugged design, extended battery life and a lengthy life cycle, providing the best ROI to customers.  PAR’s Mobility Family of hardware platforms include options such as differing docking and charging stations, the ability to use magnetic cards and payment systems, hand and shoulder straps and holsters to support the variety of product applications.

Lastly, with PAR’s growing presence within the Retail market, PAR developed its temperature measurement device to provide a complete technology solution supporting food safety compliance and task management automation.  The device can operate as a stand-alone hardware platform or as integrated solution with the Company’s Everserv SureCheck® offering.

6

Software: Restaurant Market

PAR’s restaurant software offerings were designed to exceed the requirements of large and small operators, franchise and enterprise alike in the three dominant restaurant categories: Quick Serve Restaurants (“QSR”), Fast Casual Restaurants (“FC”), and Table Service Restaurants (“TSR”).  Each of these restaurant categories has distinct operating characteristics and service delivery requirements and each of  PAR’s EverServ software offerings, were designed to allow customers to configure their technology systems to meet their order entry, food preparation, inventory, and workforce management needs, while capturing pertinent POS and BOH transaction data at each location and delivering valuable insight throughout the enterprise.

PAR’s EverServ PixelPoint™ software solution is primarily sold to independent restaurants through channel partners.  This integrated software solution includes a point-of-sale software application, a wireless ordering capability, an on-line ordering feature, a self-service ordering function, an enterprise backoffice management function, and an enterprise level loyalty and gift card information sharing application.

On September 19, 2014, PAR acquired Brink Software, Inc., a fast emerging provider of cloud based point of sale (POS) software for restaurants.  The Brink POS software productis distinguished by its cloud based designed, with integrated features that include loyalty at its core, mobile online ordering, kitchen video system, guest surveys, enterprise reporting, mobile dashboard, and much more.

In addition to POS software, PAR offers a number of complementary restaurant applications for the enterprise customer.  EverServ Operations Reporting is a web-based enterprise reporting solution that consolidates data from all restaurant locations, and is offered either as an on-premises installation or through Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”).  Designed for corporate, field, and site managers, this decision-making tool provides visibility into every restaurant location via a dashboard displaying customer-defined financials, sales analysis, marketing, inventory, and workforce variables.  EverServ Operations reporting was also designed to be capable of integrating with customers’ business applications such as financials, payroll, and supply-chain systems.  PAR also offers applications for forecasting, labor scheduling, and inventory management.

7

Software: Retail Market

The EverServ SureCheck software platform provides food safety monitoring and employee task management functionality through the combination of a cloud-based enterprise server application, a PDA-based mobile application and an integrated temperature measuring device.  This solution is effective for managing Hazard Analysis & Critical Control Points (“HACCP”) inspection programs for retail and food service organizations, and automates the monitoring of quality risk factors while dramatically lowering the potential for human error.  The SureCheck platform was also designed to help hospitality and retail operators efficiently complete and monitor the compliance of employee tasks while providing insight on abnormal checklist conditions, providing configurable, automated alerts when tasks are behind schedule or out of compliance.  The data captured through this solution is used to manage policy compliance and oversight, loss prevention, safety, merchandising, and other audits unique to the customer. 

Software: Hotel (including Resorts and Spas) Market

For the Hotel/Resort/Spa market, the Company’s guest-centric property management software provides a series of fully integrated modules that manage all aspects of the guest experience, as well as consolidating guest information and history across the operation into a single database.  PAR develops, sells and supports the ^SMS|Host® Hospitality Management System, a leading solution in the market for the luxury and resort market of the global hospitality industry.  PAR’s ^SMS|Host platform remains a market leader because of its robust guest-centric functionality, allowing hotel staff to coordinate, cross-sell, and deliver personalized guest services across all various services of large, complex resort operations.  The flexibility of the ^SMS|Host platform, with numerous seamlessly integrated, guest-centric modules, provides the tools the Company’s hotel customers need to personalize service, anticipate guest needs, and consistently exceed guest expectations.

The ATRIO® suite is a highly flexible, highly scalable cloud based software solution that significantly increases PAR’s addressable market to accelerate future revenue growth.  The ATRIO^® platform of solutions, including property management, spa management and point of sale, was designed as a significant redefinition of the functionality and delivery of hospitality management software.

8

For the Spa market, PAR provides its SpaSoft® product,the industry’s leading Spa Management Application.  Nearly 75% of Forbes five-star spas in the world use SpaSoft to support their operations.  The Company designed SpaSoft to satisfy the unique needs of resort spas, day spas, and medi-spas.  SpaSoft’s unique booking engine, advanced resource inventory, yield management module, scheduling, management and reporting tools assist in the total management of sophisticated hotel/resort spas and day spas.  SpaSoft specifically addresses the needs of the spa industry, enabling spa staff to provide the individualized, impeccable guest service that their most important clients desire and expect.

Services

PAR offers customer support services to its Hospitality customers.  The Company believes its ability to offer direct installation, maintenance, and support services are one of its key differentiators within the Restaurant and Hotel markets.  PAR works closely with its customers to identify and address the latest hospitality technology requirements by creating interfaces to the latest innovations in operational equipment, including automated cooking and drink-dispensing devices, customer-activated terminals and order display units located inside and outside of the customer’s premises. PAR provides systems integration expertise to interface specialized components, such as video monitors, coin dispensers and non-volatile memory for journalizing transaction data, to meet requirements of international applications.

PAR employs experienced individuals with diverse hospitality backgrounds in both the Restaurant and Hotel markets.  The Company’s personnel continuously evaluate new technologies and adopt those that allow PAR to provide significant improvements in customers’ day-to-day systems.  From hand-held wireless devices to advances in internet performance, the Company’s technical staff is available for consultation on a wide variety of topics including network infrastructures, system functionality, operating system platforms, and hardware expandability.  In addition, the Company has secured strategic partnerships with third-party organizations to offer a variety of credit, debit and gift card payment options.

9

Installation and Training

Globally, PAR offers software configuration, installation, training, and integration services as a normal part of the software or equipment purchase agreement. PAR also offers complete application training for a site’s staff as well as technical instruction for customers’ information systems personnel.

Maintenance and Service

PAR offers a wide range of maintenance and support services as part of its total solution for the hospitality markets we serve. In North America, the Company provides comprehensive maintenance and installation services for its software, hardware and systems, as well as those of third parties, utilizing PAR-staffed, round-the-clock, central telephone customer support and diagnostic service centers in Boulder, CO, and Las Vegas, NV.  The Company also has direct service capabilities in Australia and Asia.

PAR maintains a field service network, consisting of over 100 locations, offering on-site service and repair, as well as depot repair and overnight unit replacements.

PAR’s service organization utilizes a suite of software applications that allows PAR to offer value to its customers through the utilization of its extensive and growing knowledge base to diagnose and resolve customer-service issues. This also enables PAR to compile the kind of in-depth information it needs to identify trends and opportunities.  If an issue arises with our products, PAR’s customer service management software allows a service technician to diagnose the problem remotely, thereby reducing in many cases the requirement for an on-site service call.  PAR’s service organization is further enabled by a sophisticated customer relationship management system that allows our call center personnel to maintain a profile on each customer’s background, hardware and software details, client service history, and a problem-resolution database.

Sales and Marketing

Within the Hospitality Segment, PAR has dedicated sales teams engaging directly with customers while also utilizing various types of partners through indirect selling channels targeting a variety of differing markets and customer segments.

With regard to the Restaurant market of its Hospitality segment, the Company employs a direct sales force concentrating on large chain, corporate customers and their franchisees globally.  In addition, sales efforts are directed toward franchisees of large chains for which the Company is not necessarily the corporate POS vendor. The Company’s international direct sales force markets to major customers with global locations as well as international chains without a presence in the United States.

10

The Company’s indirect sales channel enlists sales representatives, and value-added resellers serving the independent restaurant sector and non-foodservice markets such as retail, convenience, amusement parks, movie theaters, cruise lines, spas and other ticketing and entertainment venues.

Sales in the Hotel market of the Hospitality segment are coordinated by multiple sales groups.  The Domestic Sales Group targets independent, business class and luxury hotels, resorts and spas in North America and the Caribbean, while the International Sales Group targets independent hotels and resorts outside of the North America.  Additionally, the Major Accounts Sales Group works with high profile corporate and chain clients. Lastly, the Company’s Installed Accounts Sales Group works solely with clients who have already installed the ^SMS|Host product suite.

Competition

The markets in which the Company operates are highly competitive.  Important competitive variables in the hospitality market include functionality, reliability, quality, pricing, service and support. In the Restaurant market, PAR believes its competitive advantages include the focus on an integrated technology solution offering including cloud-based software, ruggedized hardware, advanced development capabilities, extensive domain knowledge and expertise, excellent product reliability, a direct sales force organization, world class support and quick service response.  In the Hotel market, PAR believes its competitive advantages include the extensive domain knowledge, long-standing industry leadership, cloud-based and guest-centric orientation of the software, and our high level of customer support. Most of our significant customers have approved several suppliers offering some form of sophisticated hospitality technology system similar to that of the Company.  Major competitors include Oracle Corporation, NCR Corporation and Panasonic Corporation.

Backlog

Due to the nature of the hospitality business, backlog is not significant at any point in time.  The Hospitality segment orders are generally of a short-term nature and are usually booked and shipped in less than 12 months.

11

Research and Development

The highly technical nature of the Company’s hospitality products requires a significant and continuous research and development effort.  Ongoing product research and quality development efforts are an integral part of all activities within the Company. Functional and technical enhancements are actively being made to our products to increase customer satisfaction and maintain the high caliber of PAR’s software.  Research and development expenses were approximately $16.0 million in 2014 and $15.6 million in 2013.  The Company capitalizes certain software costs in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic No. 985.  See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part IV, Item 15 for further discussion.

Manufacturing and Suppliers

The Company sources and/or assembles most of its products from standard electronic components, fabricated parts such as printed circuit boards, and mechanical components.  Many assemblies and components are manufactured by third parties to the Company’s specifications.  PAR depends on outside suppliers for the continued availability of its assemblies and components.  Although most items are generally available from a number of different suppliers, PAR purchases certain final assemblies and components from single sources. Items purchased from single sources include certain POS devices, peripherals, custom molded and tooled components, and electronic assemblies and components. If such a supplier should cease to supply an item, PAR believes new sources could be found to provide the components. However, added cost and manufacturing delays could result and adversely affect the Company’s performance. The Company has not experienced significant delays of this nature in the past, but there can be no assurance that delays in delivery due to supply shortages will not occur in the future.

Intellectual Property

The Company owns or has rights to certain patents, copyrights and trademarks.  PAR relies upon non-disclosure agreements, license agreements and applicable domestic and foreign patent, copyright and trademark laws for protection of our intellectual property.  To the extent such protective measures are unsuccessful, or the Company needs to enter into protracted litigation to enforce such rights, the Company’s business could be adversely impacted.  Similarly, there is no assurance that the Company’s products will not become the subject of a third-party claim of infringement or misappropriation.  To the extent such claims result in costly litigation or force the Company to enter into royalty or license agreements, rather than enter into a prolonged dispute, our performance could be adversely impacted.  The Company also licenses certain third-party software with its products.  While PAR maintains strong relationships with its licensors, there is no assurance such relationships will continue or that the licenses will be continued under fees and terms acceptable to the Company.

12

Government Segment

PAR’s Government business provides a range of technical services for the U.S. Department of Defense (“DoD”) and federal agencies. This segment is dedicated to serving Intelligence, Surveillance and Reconnaissance (“ISR”) needs specializing in the development of advanced signal and image processing and management systems with a focus on geospatial intelligence, geographic information systems, and command and control applications. Additionally, this business provides mission critical telecommunications, satellite command and control, and information technology operations and maintenance services worldwide to the U.S. DoD.

The business is organized in two operating sectors that provide comprehensive service offerings across their customer base – Technical Services and ISR Solutions.

The Technical Services Sector includes three distinct lines of business: Telecommunications, Satellite Control, and Information Technology Services. The Telecommunication services include satellite and terrestrial communications operations and maintenance services, which operate the Global Information Grid (“GIG”) in support of the National Command Authority (President & Joint Chiefs of Staff) and Department of Defense. Additionally, PAR operates the U.S. Navy’s only Satellite Operations Center providing Tracking, Telemetry and Control of several spaced-based satellite communication constellations. Finally, the Company’s Technical Services Sector provides IT services ranging from advanced systems to basic help desk support. Moreover, approximately 50% of this Sector’s global footprint includes an international presence with major contracts in Africa, Greece, Italy, Sicily, Puerto Rico, the Northern Marianas Islands, and Australia. The Company has strong and enduring relationships with a diverse set of customers throughout the U.S. DoD and federal government. PAR’s track record delivering mission critical services to their government customers spans decades, and includes contracts that have continued 15 years or more. The Company works closely with its customers, with the vast majority of the Technical Services Sector employees co-located at customer sites. PAR’s strong relationships and on-site presence with customers enable the Company to develop deep customer and technical domain knowledge, and translate mission understanding into exemplary program execution and continued demand for its services.

13

The ISR Solutions Sector provides systems-engineering support and software-based solutions. Expertise ranges from theoretical and experimental studies to development and fielding of operational prototypes. PAR’s employees are: experienced developers and subject-matter experts in DoD Full Motion Video (“FMV”) formats include MPEG-2, H.264, and standard/high definition (“SD/HD”) support; developers of geospatial and imagery data management, visualization, and exploitation solutions; major contributor to radar systems from inception to operational capabilities; developers and integrators of light weight Electro-Optical (“EO”), Infrared (“IR”), multi and hyperspectral sensor systems, and LiDAR; developers of certified systems employing multi and hyperspectral imaging to include target detection and cueing algorithms, IR search and track technology, and algorithms for camouflage detection and buried mines; and developers of Geospatial Information System (“GIS”)-based modeling solutions.  ISR Solutions Sector has a strong legacy in the advanced research, development and productization of geospatial information assurance (“GIA”) technology involving steganography, steganalysis, digital watermarking, and image forensics. These enabling technologies have been used to provide increased protection and security of geospatial data.

PAR focuses its business in five service areas:

Intelligence, Surveillance and Reconnaissance (“ISR”):The Company provides a variety of geospatial intelligence solutions including full motion video, geospatial information assurance, raster imagery, and light detection and ranging (“LiDAR”). In depth expertise in these domains provides government customers and large systems integrators with key technologies supporting a range of applications from strategic enterprise systems to tactical individual users. Furthermore, PAR has developed a number of products relative to these advanced technologies and provides integration and training support.

Systems Engineering & Evaluation:The Company integrates and tests Electro-Optical (“EO”), Infrared (“IR”), Radar, and multi/hyper-spectral sensor systems for a broad range of government and industry surveillance applications. PAR developed the Multi-mission Advanced Sensor System (“MASS”), which assists with counter-terrorism, first responder, environmental, and drug enforcement applications. In addition, the Company designs and integrates radar sensor systems including experimentation, demonstration, and test support.

Satellite & Telecommunications Services: The Company provides a wide range of technical and support services to sustain mission critical components of the DoD’s Global Information Grid (GIG). These services include continuous 24/7/365 operations, system enhancements and associated maintenance of very low frequency (“VLF”), high frequency (“HF”) and very high frequency (“VHF”) ground-based radio transmitter/receiver facilities. Additionally, the Company operates and maintains several extremely high frequency (“EHF”) and super high frequency (“SHF”) satellite communication earth terminals and teleport facilities. The DoD communications earth stations operated by the Company is the primary communications infrastructure utilized by the National Command Authority and military services to exercise command and control of the nation’s air, land and naval forces and provide support to allied coalition forces.

14

Space & Satellite Control Services:  The Company provides satellite operation, management, and maintenance services in support of Satellite Control Center Operations.  Primary services include Satellite Telemetry Monitoring, Tracking and Command Support, and Satellite Control in order to provide reliable space-based satellite services conducting Command, Control, Communications, Computers, Intelligence, Surveillance and Reconnaissance (C4ISR) Operations.  The Company delivers services in support of satellite Telemetry, Tracking, Control and Remote Terminal Operations from 7 locations worldwide.

Information Technology/Systems Services: The Companyprovides Information Technology services to the DoD and Federal Agencies. These services include Helpdesk Services, Systems Administration, Network Administration, Information Assurance and Systems Security, Database Administration, Telephone Systems Management, Testing and Testbed Management, ITIL-Based Service Management, and Tier 0 through Tier III support.

Government Contracts

The Company performs work for U.S. Government agencies under firm fixed-price, cost-plus-fixed-fee, and time-and-material contracts. The majority of these contracts have a period of performance of one to five years. There are several risks associated with Government contracting. For instance, contracts may be reduced in size, scope and value, as well as modified, delayed and/or cancelled depending upon the Government’s requests, budgets, policies and/or changes in regulations. Contracts can also be terminated for the convenience of the Government at any time the Government believes that such termination would be in its best interests. In this circumstance, the Company is entitled to receive payments for its allowable costs and, in general, a proportionate share of its fee or profit for the work actually performed. The Company may also perform work prior to formal authorization or prior to adjustment of the contract price for increased work scope, change orders and other funding adjustments. In this situation, the Company is performing the work under our own risk and would be responsible for any costs incurred during this time. Additionally, the Defense Contract Audit Agency regularly audits the financial records of the Company. Such audits can result in adjustments to contract costs and fees. Audits have been completed through the Company’s fiscal year 2011 and have not resulted in any material adjustments.

15

Marketing and Competition

Contracts are obtained principally through competitive proposals in response to solicitations from government organizations and prime contractors. In addition, the Company sometimes obtains contracts by submitting unsolicited proposals. Although the Company believes it is well positioned in its business areas, competition for Government contracts is intense. Many of the Company’s competitors are major corporations, or subsidiaries thereof, that are significantly larger and have substantially greater financial resources. The Company also competes with many smaller, economically disadvantaged companies, many of which are designated by the Government for preferential “set aside” treatment, that target particular segments of the government contract market. The principal competitive factors are past performance, the ability to perform the statement of work, price, technological capabilities, management capabilities and service. Many of the Company’s Department of Defense customers are now migrating to low-price/technically acceptable procurements while leveraging commercial software standards, applications, and solutions.

Backlog

The value of existing Government contracts at December 31, 2014, net of amounts relating to work performed to that date was approximately $100.4 million, of which $53.9 million was funded.  The value of existing Government contracts at December 31, 2013, net of amounts relating to work performed to that date was approximately $95.6 million, of which $40.9 million was funded.  Funded amounts represent those amounts committed under contract by Government agencies and prime contractors.  The December 31, 2014 Government contract backlog of $100.4 million represents firm, existing contracts.  Of this backlog amount, approximately $67.5 million is expected to be completed in calendar year 2015, as funding is committed.

16

Employees

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had 1,221 employees, approximately 63% of whom were engaged in the Company’s Hospitality segment, 32% of whom were in the Government segment, and 5% of whom were corporate employees.

Due to the highly technical nature of the Company’s business, the Company’s future can be significantly influenced by its ability to attract and retain its technical staff.  The Company believes it has and will be able to continue to fulfill its near-term needs for technical staff.

Approximately 10% of the Company’s employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements.  The Company considers its employee relations to be good.

17

Item 1A: Risk Factors

The Company operates in a dynamic and rapidly changing environment involving numerous risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict and many of which are outside of the Company's control. In addition to the other information in this report and the Company’s other filings the following section describes some, but not all, of the risks and uncertainties that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and the market price of our common stock, and could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements.

Our future operating results are difficult to predict and are subject to fluctuations.

Our future operating results, including revenues, gross margins, operating expenses and net income (loss), have fluctuated on a quarterly and annual basis, are difficult to predict, and may be materially affected by a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

· the effects of adverse macroeconomic conditions in the United States and international markets, especially in light of the continued challenges in global credit and financial markets;

· changes in customer demand for our products;

· the timing of our new product announcements or introductions, as well as those by our competitors;

· the ability to timely produce the products our customers seek to satisfy their technology requirements;

· the level of demand and purchase orders from our customers, and our ability to adjust to changes in demand and purchase order patterns;

· the ability of our third party suppliers, subcontractors and manufactures to supply us with sufficient quantities of high quality products or components, on a timely basis;

· the effectiveness of our efforts to reduce product costs and manage operating expenses;

· the ability to hire, retain and motivate qualified employees to meet the demands of our business;

· intellectual property disputes;

· potential significant litigation-related costs;

· costs related to compliance with increasing worldwide environmental and other regulations; and

18

· the effects of public health emergencies, natural disasters, security risk, terrorist activities, international conflicts and other events beyond our control.

· the dependency on business from major accounts which can, at will, reduce or eliminate on-going business

As a result of these and other factors, there can be no assurance that the Company will not experience significant fluctuations in future operating results on a quarterly or annual basis.  In addition, if our operating results do not meet the expectations of investors, the market price of our common stock may decline.

Our stock price has been volatile and may fluctuate in the future.

The trading price of our common stock has and may continue to fluctuate significantly.  Such fluctuations may be influenced by many factors, including:

· the volatility of the financial markets;

· uncertainty regarding the prospects of domestic and foreign economies;

· uncertainty regarding domestic and international political conditions, including tax policies;

· our performance and prospects;

· the performance and prospects of our major customers;

· investor perception of our company and the industry in which we operate;

· the limited availability of earnings estimates and supporting research by investment analysts;

· the liquidity of the market for our common stock; and

· the concentration of beneficial ownership of our common stock by Dr. John W. Sammon, Director and Chairman Emeritus of PAR’s Board of Directors.

Public stock markets have recently experienced price and trading volume volatility.  This volatility significantly affected the market prices of securities of many technology companies and the return of such volatility could result in broad market fluctuations that could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock for indefinite periods.  In addition, fluctuations in our stock price, volume of shares traded, and changes in our trading multiples may make our stock attractive to certain categories of investors who often shift funds into and out of stocks rapidly, exacerbating price fluctuations in either direction.

19

A decline in the volume of purchases made by any one of the company’s major customers would materially adversely affect our business.

A small number of related customers have historically accounted for a majority of the Company’s net revenues in any given fiscal period.  For each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, aggregate sales to our top two Hospitality segment customers, McDonald’s Corporation and Yum! Brands, Inc. amounted to 28% and 32% of total revenues, respectively.  Most of the Company’s customers are not obligated to provide us with any minimum level of future purchases or with binding forecasts of product purchases for any future period.  In addition, major customers may elect to delay or otherwise change the timing of orders in a manner that could adversely affect the Company’s quarterly and annual results of operations.  There can be no assurance our current customers will continue to place orders with us, or we will be able to obtain orders from new customers.

An inability to produce new products that keep pace with technological developments and changing market conditions could result in a loss of market share.

The products we sell are subject to rapid and continual changes in technology.  Our competitors offer products that have an increasingly wider range of features and capabilities.  We believe that in order to compete effectively, we must provide systems incorporating new technologies at competitive prices.  There can be no assurance we will be able to continue funding research and development at levels sufficient to enhance our current product offerings, or the Company will be able to develop and introduce on a timely basis, new products that keep pace with technological developments and emerging industry standards and address the evolving needs of customers.  There also can be no assurance we will not experience difficulties that will result in delaying or preventing the successful development, introduction and marketing of new products in our existing markets, or our new products and product enhancements will adequately meet the requirements of the marketplace or achieve any significant degree of market acceptance.  Likewise, there can be no assurance as to the acceptance of our products in new markets, nor can there be any assurance as to the success of our penetration of these markets, nor to the revenue or profit margins realized by the Company with respect to these products.  If any of our competitors were to introduce superior software products at competitive prices, or if our software products no longer meet the needs of the marketplace due to technological developments and emerging industry standards, our software products may no longer retain any significant market share.

20

We generate much of our revenue from the hospitality industry and therefore are subject to decreased revenues in the event of a downturn in that industry.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we derived 62% and 63%, respectively, of our total revenues from the hospitality industry, primarily the QSR market.  Consequently, our hospitality technology product sales are dependent in large part on the health of the hospitality industry, which in turn is dependent on the domestic and international economy, as well as factors such as consumer buying preferences and weather conditions.  Instabilities or downturns in the hospitality market could disproportionately impact our revenues, as clients may exit the industry or delay, cancel or reduce planned expenditures for our products.  Although we believe we can succeed in the quick service restaurant sector of the hospitality industry in a competitive environment, given the cyclical nature of that industry, there can be no assurance our profitability and growth will continue.

we face extensive competition in the markets in which we operate, and our failure to compete effectively could result in price reductions and/or decreased demand for our products and services.

Several competing suppliers offer hospitality management systems similar to ours.  Some of these competitors are larger than PAR and have access to substantially greater financial and other resources and, consequently, may be able to obtain more favorable terms than we can for components and subassemblies incorporated into these hospitality technology products.  The rapid rate of technological change in the Hospitality segment makes it likely we will face competition from new products designed by companies not currently competing with us.  These new products may have features not currently available from us.  We believe our competitive ability depends on our total solution offering, our experience in the industry, our product development and systems integration capability, our direct sales force and our customer service organization.  There is no assurance; however, we will be able to compete effectively in the hospitality technology market in the future.

Our Government contracting business has been focused on niche offerings, reflecting our expertise, primarily in the areas of Communications Systems Support, Intelligence, Surveillance and Reconnaissance (ISR), Systems Engineering & Evaluation and Information Systems services.  Many of our competitors are larger and have substantially greater financial resources and broader capabilities in information technology.  We also compete with smaller companies, many of which are designated by the Government for preferential “set aside” treatment, that target particular segments of the government market and may have superior capabilities in a particular segment.  These companies may be better positioned to obtain contracts through competitive proposals.  Consequently, there are no assurances we will continue to win Government contracts as a direct contractor or indirect subcontractor.

21

we may not be able to meet the unique operational, legal and financial challenges that relate to our international operations, which may limit the growth of our business.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014, and 2013, our net revenues from sales outside the United States were 13% and 16%, respectively, of the Company’s total revenues.  We anticipate international sales will continue to account for a significant portion of sales.  We intend to continue to expand our operations outside the United States and to enter additional international markets, which will require significant management attention and financial resources.  Our operating results are subject to the risks inherent in international sales, including, but not limited to, regulatory requirements, political and economic changes and disruptions, geopolitical disputes and war, transportation delays, difficulties in staffing and managing foreign sales operations, and potentially adverse tax consequences.  In addition, fluctuations in exchange rates may render our products less competitive relative to local product offerings, or could result in foreign exchange losses, depending upon the currency in which we sell our products.  There can be no assurance these factors will not have a material adverse effect on our future international sales and, consequently, on our operating results.

we derive a portion of our revenue from u.s. government contracts, which contain provisions unique to public sector customers, including the u.s. government’s right to modify or terminate these contracts at any time.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we derived 38% and 37%, respectively, of our total revenues from contracts to provide technical expertise to Government organizations and prime contractors.  In any year, the majority of our Government contracting activity is associated with the U.S. Department of Defense.  Contracts with the U.S. Government typically provide that such contracts are terminable, in full or in part, at the convenience of the U.S. Government.  If the U.S. Government terminated a contract on this basis, we would be entitled to receive payment for our allowable costs and, in general, a proportionate share of our fee or profit for work actually performed.  Most U.S. Government contracts are also subject to modification or termination in the event of changes in funding.  As such, we may perform work prior to formal authorization, or the contract prices may be adjusted for changes in scope of work.  Termination or modification of a substantial number of our U.S. Government contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

22

In addition, the general uncertainty in U.S. defense total workforce policies (military, civilian and contract), procurement cycles and spending levels for the next several years may impact the performance of this business.  Specifically, the Company could experience reductions in revenue as a result of the U.S. Government in-sourcing its current service contracts or the Company could experience a reduction of funding due to U.S. Government sequester or other funding reductions.

We perform work for various U.S. Government agencies and departments pursuant to fixed-price, cost-plus fixed fee and time-and-material prime contracts and subcontracts.  Approximately 53% of the revenue that we derived from government contracts for the year ended December 31, 2014 came from fixed-price or time-and-material contracts.  The balance of the revenue that we derived from Government contracts in 2014 primarily came from cost-plus fixed fee contracts.  Most of our contracts are for one-year to five-year terms.

While fixed-price contracts allow us to benefit from cost savings, they also expose us to the risk of cost overruns.  If the initial estimates we use for calculating the contract price are incorrect, we can incur losses on those contracts.  In addition, some of our governmental contracts have provisions relating to cost controls, and audit rights and if we fail to meet the terms specified in those contracts, then we may not realize their full benefits.  Lower earnings caused by cost overruns would have an adverse effect on our financial results.

Under time-and-materials contracts, we are paid for labor at negotiated hourly billing rates and for certain expenses.  Under cost-plus fixed fee contracts, we are reimbursed for allowable costs and paid a fixed fee.  However, if our costs under either of these types of contract exceed the contract ceiling or are not allowable under the provisions of the contract or applicable regulations, we may not be able to obtain reimbursement for all of our costs.

If we are unable to control costs incurred in performing under each type of contract, such inability to control costs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.  Cost over-runs also may adversely affect our ability to sustain existing programs and obtain future contract awards.

23

a significant portion of our total assets consists of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, which are subject to a periodic impairment analysis and a significant impairment determination in any future period, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations even without a significant loss of revenue or increase in cash expenses attributable to such period.

We have goodwill and identifiable intangible assets at December 31, 2014 totaling approximately $17.2 million and $23.0 million, respectively; resulting primarily from business acquisitions and internally developed capitalized software.  The Company tests goodwill and identifiable intangible assets for impairment annually or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. We describe the impairment testing process and results of this testing more thoroughly herein in Item7 under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Policies.” If we determine an impairment has occurred at any point in time, we will be required to reduce goodwill or identifiable intangible assets on our balance sheet.

Item 1B: Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2: Properties

The following are the principal facilities (by square footage) of the Company:

Location	Industry  Segment	Floor Area Principal Operations	Number of Sq. Ft.
New Hartford, NY	Hospitality Government	Principal executive offices, manufacturing, research and development laboratories, computing facilities	174,450
Rome, NY	Government	Research and development	30,800
Stowe, VT	Hospitality	Sales, service and research and development	21,300
Sydney, Australia	Hospitality	Sales and service	14,400
Las Vegas, NV	Hospitality	Service	12,000
Boca Raton, FL	Hospitality	Research and development	11,470
Markham, Ontario	Hospitality	Research and development	11,100
Boulder, CO	Hospitality	Service	10,700

24

The Company’s headquarters and principal business facility is located in New Hartford, NY, which is near Utica, in central New York State.

The Company owns its principal facility and adjacent space in New Hartford.  All of the other facilities are leased for varying terms.  Substantially all of the Company’s facilities are fully utilized, well maintained, and suitable for use.  The Company believes its present and planned facilities and equipment are adequate to service its current and immediately foreseeable business needs.

25

Item 3: Legal Proceedings

The Company is subject to legal proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business.  In the opinion of management, the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to these actions will not materially affect the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

Item 4: Mine Safety Disclosures

Not Applicable.

26

PART II

Item 5: Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company’s Common Stock, par value $.02 per share, trades on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE symbol - PAR).  At December 31, 2014, there were approximately 375 owners of record of the Company’s Common Stock, plus those owners whose stock certificates are held by brokers.

The following table shows the high and low stock prices for the two years ended December 31, 2014 as reported by New York Stock Exchange:

	2014				2013
Period	Low		High		Low		High
First Quarter	$	4.65	$	5.50	$	4.11	$	5.10
Second Quarter	$	4.12	$	4.99	$	3.85	$	4.89
Third Quarter	$	3.78	$	5.24	$	4.01	$	5.27
Fourth Quarter	$	4.28	$	6.18	$	4.83	$	5.92

The Company has not paid cash dividends on its Common Stock, and its Board of Directors presently intends to continue to retain earnings for reinvestment in growth opportunities.  Accordingly, it is anticipated no cash dividends will be paid in the foreseeable future.

Item 6: Selected Financial Data

Not Required.

27

Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Forward-Looking Statements

This document contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Any statements in this document that do not describe historical facts are forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking statements in this document (including forward-looking statements regarding the continued health of segments of the hospitality industry, future information technology outsourcing opportunities, an expected increase or decrease in contract funding by the U.S. Government, the impact of current world events on our results of operations, the effects of inflation on our margins, and the effects of interest rate and foreign currency fluctuations on our results of operations) are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  When we use words such as “intend,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “plan,” “will,” or “expect”, we are making forward-looking statements.  We believe the assumptions and expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable based on information available to us on the date hereof, but we cannot assure you these assumptions and expectations will prove to have been correct or we will take any action that we presently may be planning.  We have disclosed certain important factors that could cause our actual future results to differ materially from our current expectations, including: a decline in the volume of purchases made by one or a group of our major customers; risks in technology development and commercialization; risks of downturns in economic conditions generally, and in the quick-service sector of the hospitality market specifically; risks associated with government contracts; risks associated with competition and competitive pricing pressures; and risks related to foreign operations.  Forward-looking statements made in connection with this report are necessarily qualified by these factors.  We are not undertaking to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements if we obtain new information or upon the occurrence of future events or otherwise.

Overview

PAR's technology solutions for the Hospitality segment feature software, hardware and support services tailored for the needs of restaurants, hotels, resorts and spas, casinos, cruise lines, movie theatres, theme parks and retailers. The Company's Government segment provides technical expertise in the contract development of advanced systems and software solutions for the U.S. Department of Defense and other federal agencies, as well as information technology and communications support services to the U.S. Department of Defense.

28

The Company's products sold in the Hospitality segment are utilized in a wide range of applications by thousands of customers. The Company faces competition across all of its markets within the Hospitality segment, competing on the basis of product design, features and functionality, quality and reliability, price, customer service, and delivery capability. PAR's continuing strategy is to provide complete integrated technology solutions with industry leading customer service in the markets in which it participates. The Company conducts its research and development efforts to create innovative technology offerings that meet and exceed customer requirements and also have a high probability for broader market appeal and success.

The Company is focused on expanding its Hospitality businesses through its product investments and continued development of its cloud based software applications.  These products include its Brink POS software, with integrated features that include loyalty at its core, mobile online ordering, kitchen video system, guest surveys, enterprise reporting, mobile dashboard, and much more.  PAR’s strategy is also focused on the continued feature expansion and deployment of ATRIO®, its cloud-based software for the Hotel/Resort/Spa markets. In addition, the Company is investing in the enhancement of existing software applications and the development of the Company's SureCheck® solution for food safety and task management applications.  To support growth of these products, the Company continues to expand its direct sales force and third-party distribution channels.

The Quick Serve Restaurant (“QSR”) market, PAR's primary market, continues to perform well for the majority of large, international companies. However, the Company has seen certain market conditions impact smaller specific QSR organizations, whose business is slowing due to the continued lack of consumer confidence in those regions.  These conditions could have a material adverse impact on the Company's estimates, specifically the fair value of its assets related to its legacy products. The Company continues to assess the alignment of its product and service offerings to support improved operational efficiency and profitability going forward.

The focus of the Company’s Government business is to expand its services and solutions business lines. Through outstanding performance of existing service contracts and investing in enhancing its business development capabilities, the Company is able to consistently win renewal of expiring contracts, extend existing contracts, and secure additional new business. With its intellectual property and investment in new technologies, the Company provides solutions to the U.S. Department of Defense and other federal/state agencies with systems integration, products and highly-specialized services. The general uncertainty in U.S. defense total workforce policies (military, civilian and contract), procurement cycles and spending levels for the next several years, may impact the performance of this business.

29

Results of Operations — 2014 Compared to 2013

The Company reported revenues of $233.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, a decrease of 3.2% from the $241.4 million reported for the year ended December 31, 2013.  The Company’s net loss from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $3,651,000 or $0.24 loss per share, compared to net income from continuing operations of $569,000, or $0.04 per diluted share for the same period in 2013.  During 2013, the Company reported a loss from discontinued operations of $211,000, or $0.01 loss per share, associated with its former Logistics Management business.  During 2014, PAR did not record any income or loss from discontinued operations.  The Company’s net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $358,000, or $0.02 per diluted share.

Product revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $87.2 million, a decrease from the $90.8 million recorded for the same period in 2013.  This decrease was primarily the result of decreased sales to certain major customers as large rollouts were completed in fiscal 2013. Partially offsetting this decrease was an increase in sales made through the Company’s worldwide dealer network as well as an increase in software sales, which have improved 23% year over year.

Service revenue primarily includes installation, software maintenance, training, 24 hour help desk support and various depot and on-site service options.  Customer service revenues were $58.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, a 4.6% decrease from $61.5 million reported for the same period in 2013.  The decrease is mostly the result of a decline in field service revenue as certain customers transitioned to alternative service support delivery models as well as a decline in installation revenue consummate with lower product revenue.  This decline is partially offset by an increase associated with the Company's depot repair operation, resulting from new contracts.

Government contract revenues were $87.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, a decrease of 1.5% when compared to the $89.0 million recorded in 2013.  This decrease is attributable to the completion of certain fixed price technical services contracts that were completed in 2013 and early 2014.  This decrease was partially offset by an increase in revenue from the Company’s Intelligence, Surveillance, and Reconnaissance (“ISR”) systems integration contract.

30

Product margins for the year ended December 31, 2014 were 31.8%, an increase from 31.4% in the same period in 2013.  This increase was driven by a favorable product mix resulting from increased software license revenue.

Customer service margins were 31.1% for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 29% for the same period in 2013.  This increase is associated with a favorable mix in service offerings compared to 2013.

Government contract margins were 6.1% for the year ended December 31, 2014, a decrease from the 7.2% for the same period in 2013.  The most significant components of contract costs in 2014 and 2013 were labor and fringe benefits. For 2014, labor and fringe benefits were $37.4 million, or 45% of contract costs, compared to $40.2 million or 51% of contract costs for the same period in 2013. This decrease in percentage is mostly attributable to the higher amount of material and subcontract revenues in 2014 associated with the Company's ISR systems integration contract with the U.S. Army. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $37.3 million, a decrease of 1.6% from the $37.9 million recorded for the same period in 2013.  The decrease is attributable to the Company’s execution of cost reduction initiatives within its Hospitality operations.Partially offsetting the decrease were increases in expenses associated with the acquisition of Brink Software, equity based compensation expense and severance related expenses. 

Research and development expenses were $16.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of 2.6% from the $15.6 million recorded in 2013.This increase was primarily related to an increase in hardware development expenses associated with new product developments, as well as an increase in software development expenses primarily associated with the acquisition of Brink Software.

During 2014, the Company recorded $279,000 of amortization expense associated with acquired identifiable intangible assets from the acquisition of Brink Software.  The Company did not record any amortization expense associated with acquired identifiable intangible assets in 2013.

Other income, net, was $304,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $506,000 for the same period in 2013.  Other income/expense primarily includes, fair market value fluctuations of the Company's deferred compensation plan, rental income, strategic product development partnerships, and foreign currency fair value adjustments.  The income in 2014 is primarily due to rental income. The income in 2013 was primarily due to income related to strategic product development partnerships within the Company’s Hospitality business and lower market volatility within the Company’s deferred compensation plan.

31

Interest expense represents interest charged on the Company’s short-term borrowings from banks and from long-term debt.  Interest expense was $136,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $60,000 for the same period in 2013.  This increase is associated with higher outstanding borrowings in 2014 versus 2013.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company’s effective income tax rate was expense of 78.0%, compared to a benefit of 370% in 2013.  The variances from the federal statutory rate for 2014 were due to the mix of taxable income from the Company's domestic and foreign jurisdictions and providing for income taxes on the repatriation of foreign earnings.  In 2014, the Company repatriated earnings through the payment of a $5.0 million dividend by its Chinese subsidiary to its domestic parent company, resulting in income tax expense of $2.2 million on those earnings.  The Company considers this a one-time repatriation to help finance the Brink acquisition and further earnings are considered permanently reinvested. The variance from the federal statutory rate in 2013 was due to a benefit of $410,000 received in connection with the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 that was signed into law in January 2013.  The credit related to retroactive tax relief for certain tax law provisions that expired in 2012.  As the legislation was signed into law after the end of PAR's 2012 fiscal year, the retroactive effect of the bill is reflected in fiscal year 2013 tax provision. Excluding the retroactive application of this credit, the Company's effective federal rate is 175%.  The remaining variance from the federal statutory rate was due to the mix of taxable income generated by the Company's domestic and foreign operations as well as other tax credits and non-deductible expenses.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company’s primary sources of liquidity have been cash flow from operations and a line of credit with its bank.  Cash generated from operating activities of continuing operations was $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to cash used of $2.8 million for the same period in 2013.

32

In 2014, cash generated from operations was mostly due to the add back of non-cash charges and changes in working capital.  Significant operating cash flow components include cash used to procure inventory required for planned deployments in 2015, as well as cash used through an increase in receivables resulting from significant sales volume recorded late in fiscal year 2014.  Operating cash flow was generated by an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses mainly due to the timing of vendor payments associated with the aforementioned growth in inventory and other amounts owed to vendors.  Cash was also generated through the increase in customer deposits associated with the Company’s Hospitality segment.  In 2013, cash was used in operations mostly due to the Company's change in working capital requirements, primarily associated with decreases in accrued expenses and accounts payable due to the timing of payments made to vendors, specifically for inventory purchases and payments associated with the Company's ISR contract with the U.S. Government. This was partially offset by the add back of non-cash charges.

Cash used in investing activities from continuing operations was $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 versus $5.8 million for the same period in 2013.  In 2014, the first installment payment associated with the purchase of Brink Software Inc. accounted for approximately $5.0 million of the investing capital. Additionally, capital expenditures of $2.1 million were primarily for capital improvements made to the Company’s leased properties as well as purchases of computer equipment associated with the Company’s software support service offerings. Capitalized software was $2.9 million and was used for investments in many of the Company’s Hospitality software platforms.In 2013, capital expenditures of $1.1 million were primarily for purchases of computer equipment associated with the Company’s software support service offerings. Capitalized software was $4.7 million and was associated with investments for the Company’s Hospitality software platforms.

Cash generated from financing activities from continuing operations was $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 versus cash used of $107,000 for the same period in 2013.  In 2014, the Company borrowed $5.0 million on its credit facility in connection with the purchase of Brink Software Inc., and decreased its long term borrowings by $165,000.  In 2013, the Company decreased its long-term borrowings by $159,000 and benefited $52,000 from the exercise of employee stock options.

During fiscal year 2013 and through June 4, 2014, the Company maintained a credit facility with J.P. Morgan Chase, N.A. and NBT Bank, N.A. (on behalf of itself and as successor by merger to Alliance Bank, N.A.) consisting of $20.0 million  in working capital lines of credit (with the option to increase to $30.0 million), which expired in June 2014. This agreement allowed the Company, at its option, to borrow funds at the LIBOR rate plus the applicable interest rate spread or at the bank's prime lending rate.  This credit facility was secured by certain assets of the Company.

33

On June 5, 2014, the Company executed an amendment to its then existing credit facility to provide for the renewal of the facility through June 2017, with terms generally consistent to those of its prior facility. This facility provided the Company with capital of up to $20.0 million (with the option to increase to $30.0 million) in the form of a revolving line of credit. This agreement allowed the Company, at its option, to borrow funds at the LIBOR rate plus the applicable interest rate spread or at the bank's prime lending rate.

On September 9, 2014, the Company terminated its existing credit facilities with J.P. Morgan Chase, N.A. and NBT Bank, N.A. (on behalf of itself and as successor by merger to Alliance Bank, N.A.) consisting of $20.0 million in working capital lines of credit, and the Company and its domestic subsidiaries entered into a new three-year credit facility with J.P. Morgan Chase, N.A. The terms of the new agreement provide for up to $25 million of a line of credit, with borrowing availability based on a percentage of value of various assets of the Company and its subsidiaries. The new agreement bears interest at the applicable bank rate (3.25% at December 31, 2014) or, at the Company's option, at the LIBOR rate plus the applicable interest rate spread (range of 1.5% – 2.0%). At December 31, 2014, the Company had an outstanding balance of approximately $5.0 million on this line of credit at a rate of 2.19%. The weighted average interest rate paid by the Company was approximately 2.64% during fiscal year 2014.  The new agreement contains traditional asset based loan covenants and includes covenants regarding earnings before interest, tax, depreciation & amortization (“EBITDA”) and a fixed charge coverage ratio, and provides for acceleration upon the occurrence of customary events of defaults.  The Company was in compliance with these covenants at December 31, 2014.

On March 19, 2015, the Company amended its existing Credit Facility to reduce the EBITDA requirement and extended the fixed charge coverage ratio.  The amendment provides the Company flexibility to continue investing in the Company’s future product offerings while maintaining certain covenant thresholds as defined in the amendment.  The Company anticipates it will be in compliance with its covenants throughout fiscal year 2015.

34

In addition to the credit facility described above, the Company has a mortgage loan, collateralized by certain real estate, with a balance of $919,000 and $1,084,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  This mortgage matures on November 1, 2019. The Company's fixed interest rate was 4.05% through October 1, 2014. Beginning on October 1, 2014, the fixed rate was converted to a new rate equal to the then-current five year fixed advanced rate charged by the New York Federal Home Loan bank, plus 225 basis points.  Effective November 1, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement that fixed the interest rate at 4.00% through the maturity date of the loan. The annual mortgage payment including interest through November 1, 2019 totals $206,000.

In connection with the acquisition of Brink Software on September 18, 2014, the Company recorded indebtedness to the former owners of Brink under the stock purchase agreement.  At December 31, 2014, the principal balance of the note payable was $5.0 million and it had a carrying value of $4.8 million.  The carrying value was based on the note’s estimated fair value at the time of acquisition.  The note does not bear interest and repayment terms are $3.0 million payable on the first anniversary of close, September 18, 2015, and $2.0 million payable on the second anniversary of close, September 18, 2016.

During fiscal year 2015, the Company anticipates that its capital requirements will not exceed approximately $1.0 million to $3.0 million.  The Company does not routinely enter into long term contracts with its major Hospitality segment customers.  The Company commits to purchasing inventory from its suppliers based on a combination of internal forecasts and actual orders from customers.  This process, along with good relations with suppliers, supports the working capital investment required by the Company.  Although the Company lists two major customers, McDonald’s and Yum! Brands, it sells to hundreds of individual franchisees of these corporations, each of which is individually responsible for its own debts.  These broadly made sales substantially reduce the impact on the Company’s liquidity if one individual franchisee reduces the volume of its purchases from the Company in a given year.  The Company, based on internal forecasts, believes its existing cash, line of credit facilities and its anticipated operating cash flow will be sufficient to meet its cash requirements through the next twelve months.  However, the Company may be required, or could elect, to seek additional funding prior to that time.  The Company’s future capital requirements will depend on many factors including its rate of revenue growth, the timing and extent of spending to support product development efforts, potential growth through strategic acquisition, expansion of sales and marketing, the timing of introductions of new products and enhancements to existing products, and market acceptance of its products.  The Company cannot assure additional equity or debt financing will be available on acceptable terms or at all.  The Company’s sources of liquidity beyond twelve months, in management’s opinion, will be its cash balances on hand at that time, funds provided by operations, funds available through its lines of credit and the long-term credit facilities that it can arrange.

35

The Company’s future principal payments under its stock purchase agreement with Brink, mortgage and operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

	Total		Less  Than 1 Year		1-3 Years		3 - 5 Years		More than 5 Years
Debt obligations	$	5,739	$	3,173	$	2,188	$	378	$	-
Operating lease		7,035		1,821		2,487		1,507		1,220
Total	$	12,774	$	4,994	$	4,675	$	1,885	$	1,220

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are based on the application of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).  GAAP requires the use of estimates, assumptions, judgments and subjective interpretations of accounting principles that have an impact on the assets, liabilities, revenue and expense amounts reported.  The Company believes its use of estimates and underlying accounting assumptions adhere to GAAP and are consistently applied.  Valuations based on estimates are reviewed for reasonableness and adequacy on a consistent basis throughout the Company.  Primary areas where financial information of the Company is subject to the use of estimates, assumptions and the application of judgment include revenue recognition, accounts receivable, inventories, accounting for business combinations, contingent consideration, goodwill and intangible assets, and taxes.

Revenue Recognition Policy

Our Hospitality group’s revenues consist of sales of the Company’s standard point-of-sale and property management systems of the Hospitality segment. We derive revenue from the following sources: (1) hardware sales, (2) software license agreements, including sold as a perpetual license and sold as a service, (3) professional services, (4) hosting services and (5) post-contract customer support ("PCS").

36

We recognize revenue when all four revenue recognition criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, we have delivered the product or performed the service, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is probable. Determining whether and when some of these criteria have been satisfied often involves assumptions and judgments that can have a significant impact on the timing and amount of revenue we report.

Hardware

Revenue recognition on hardware sales occurs upon delivery to the customer site (or when shipped for systems that are not installed by the Company) when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.

Software

Revenue recognition on software sales generally occurs upon delivery to the customer, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is probable.  For software sales sold as a perpetual license and as a service, where the Company is the sole party that has the proprietary knowledge to install the software, revenue is recognized upon installation and when the system is ready to go live.

Service

Service revenue consists of installation and training services, field and depot repair, subscription software products, associated software maintenance, and software related hosted services.  Installation and training service revenue are based upon standard hourly/daily rates as well as contracted prices with the customer, and revenue is recognized as the services are performed.  Support maintenance and field and depot repair are provided to customers either on a time and materials basis or under a maintenance contract.  Services provided on a time and materials basis are recognized as the services are performed.  Service revenues from maintenance contracts are recorded as deferred revenue when billed to the customer and are recognized ratably over the underlying contract period.  Software sold as a service is recognized based on the contracted price of its contract term.

PAR frequently enters into multiple-element arrangements with its customers including hardware, software, professional consulting services and maintenance support services. For arrangements involving multiple deliverables, when deliverables include software and non-software products and services, PAR evaluates and separates each deliverable to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting based on the following criteria: (a) the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and (b) if the contract includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially in the control of PAR.

37

The individual hardware, service, and software offerings that are included in arrangements with our customers are identified and priced separately to the customer based upon the stand alone price for each individual hardware, service, or software sold in the arrangement irrespective of the combination of products and services which are included in a particular arrangement.  As such, overall consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting based on the unit's relative selling prices. In such circumstances, the Company uses a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to each deliverable: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price (VSOE), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (TPE), and (iii) best estimate of selling price (BESP). VSOE generally exists only when the Company sells the deliverable separately and is the price actually charged by the Company for that deliverable. VSOE is established for our software maintenance services to establish selling prices for our non-software related services, which include hardware maintenance, non-software related professional services, and transaction services. The Company uses BESP to allocate revenue when we are unable to establish VSOE or TPE of selling price. BESP is primarily used for elements such as products that are not consistently priced within a narrow range. The Company determines BESP for a deliverable by considering multiple factors including product and customer class, geography, average discount, and management's historical pricing practices. Amounts allocated to the delivered hardware and software elements are recognized at the time of sale provided the other conditions for revenue recognition have been met. Amounts allocated to the undelivered maintenance and other services elements are recognized as the services are provided or on a straight-line basis over the service period. In certain instances, customer acceptance is required prior to the passage of title and risk of loss of the delivered products. In such cases, revenue is not recognized until the customer acceptance is obtained. Delivery and acceptance generally occur in the same reporting period.

In situations where PAR’s solutions contain software and software related services (generally PCS and professional services), revenue is recognized in accordance with authoritative guidance on software revenue recognition.  For the software and software-related elements of such transactions, revenue is allocated based on the relative fair value of each element, and fair value is determined by vender specific objective evidence (VSOE), where available. If VSOE is not available for all elements, we will use the residual method to separate the elements as long as we have VSOE for the undelivered elements.  If the Company cannot objectively determine the fair value of any undelivered element included in such multiple-element arrangements, the Company defers the revenue until all elements are delivered and services have been performed, or until fair value can objectively be determined for any remaining undelivered elements.

38

Government Contracts

The Company’s contract revenues generated by the Government segment result primarily from contract services performed for the U.S. Government under a variety of cost-plus fixed fee, time-and-material, and fixed-price contracts.  Revenue on cost-plus fixed fee contracts is recognized based on allowable costs for labor hours delivered, as well as other allowable costs plus the applicable fee.  Revenue on time and material contracts is recognized by multiplying the number of direct labor hours delivered in the performance of the contract by the contract billing rates and adding other direct costs as incurred.  Revenue from fixed-price contracts is recognized as labor hours are delivered, which approximates the straight-line basis of the life of the contract.  The Company’s obligation under these contracts is to provide labor hours to conduct research or to staff facilities with no other deliverables or performance obligations.  Anticipated losses on all contracts are recorded in full when identified.  Unbilled accounts receivable are stated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements at their estimated realizable value.  Contract costs, including indirect expenses, are subject to audit and adjustment through negotiations between the Company and U.S. Government representatives.

Accounts Receivable-Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Allowances for doubtful accounts are based on estimates of probable losses related to accounts receivable balances.  The establishment of allowances requires the use of judgment and assumptions regarding probable losses on receivable balances.  The Company continuously monitors collections and payments from our customers and maintain a provision for estimated credit losses based on our historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that we have identified.  While such credit losses have historically been within our expectations and appropriate reserves have been established, PAR cannot guarantee that we will continue to experience the same credit loss rates that PAR has experienced in the past.  Thus, if the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, our actual losses may exceed our estimates, and additional allowances would be required.

39

Inventories

The Company’s inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method.  The Company uses certain estimates and judgments and considers several factors including product demand, changes in customer requirements and changes in technology to provide for excess and obsolescence reserves to properly value inventory.

Capitalized Software Development Costs

The Company capitalizes certain costs related to the development of computer software used in its Hospitality segment. Software development costs incurred prior to establishing technological feasibility are charged to operations and included in research and development costs.  The technological feasibility of a computer software product is established when the Company has completed all planning, designing, coding, and testing activities that are necessary to establish that the product can be produced to meet its design specifications including functions, features, and technical performance requirements. Software development costs incurred after establishing feasibility (as defined within ASC 985-20) are capitalized and amortized on a product-by-product basis when the product is available for general release to customers.  Annual amortization, charged to cost of sales when the product is available for general release to customers, is computed using the greater of (a) the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the product, generally three to seven years or (b) the ratio that current gross revenues for a product bear to the total of current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product.

Accounting for Business Combinations

The Company accounts for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at their respective fair values on the date of acquisition. The fair value of the consideration paid is assigned to the underlying net assets of the acquired business based on their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded to goodwill. Intangible assets are amortized over the expected life of the asset. Fair value determinations and useful life estimates are based on, among other factors, estimates of expected future cash flows from revenues of the intangible assets acquired, estimates of appropriate discount rates used to present value expected future cash flows, estimated useful lives of the intangible assets acquired and other factors. Although the Company believes the assumptions and estimates the Company has made have been reasonable and appropriate, they are based, in part, on historical experience, information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and future expectations. For these and other reasons, actual results may vary significantly from estimated results.

40

Contingent Consideration

The Company determines the acquisition date fair value of contingent consideration using a discounted cash flow method, with significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 fair value measurement as defined in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement.  The significant inputs in the Level 3 measurement not supported by market activity included the Company’s probability assessments of expected future cash flows related to the Company’s acquisition of Brink during the contingent consideration period, appropriately discounted considering the uncertainties associated with the obligation, and calculated in accordance with the terms of the definitive agreement.  The liabilities for the contingent consideration are established at the time of the acquisition and will be evaluated on a quarterly basis based on additional information as it becomes available.  Any change in the fair value adjustment is recorded in the earnings of that period.  Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration obligations may result from changes in probability assumptions with respect to the likelihood of achieving the various contingent payment obligations.  Significant increases or decreases in the inputs noted above in isolation would result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement. 

Goodwill

The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment.  The Company operates in two business segments, Hospitality and Government.  Goodwill impairment testing is performed at the sub-segment level (referred to as a reporting unit).  The three reporting units utilized by the Company for its impairment testing are: Restaurant, Hotel/Resort/Spa, and Government. Goodwill is assigned to a specific reporting unit at the date the goodwill is initially recorded. Once goodwill has been assigned to a specific reporting unit, it no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition, and all of the activities within a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically grown, are available to support the value of the goodwill.

Goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, involves comparing each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, applicable goodwill is considered not to be impaired. If the carrying value exceeds fair value, there is an indication of impairment, at which time a second step would be performed to measure the amount of impairment.  The second step involves calculating an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which the first step indicated impairment.

41

The Company utilizes different methodologies in performing its goodwill impairment test.  For both the Government and Hotel/Resort/Spa reporting units, these methodologies include both an income approach, namely a discounted cash flow method, and multiple market approaches; the guideline public company method, quoted price method and merger and acquisition method (Hotel/Resort/Spa reporting unit only).  Aside from the merger and acquisition method utilized in 2014 for the Hotel/Resort/Spa reporting unit, the valuation methodologies and weightings used in the current year are generally consistent with those used in the Company’s past annual impairment tests.

The discounted cash flow method derives a value by determining the present value of a projected level of income stream, including a terminal value.  This method involves the present value of a series of estimated future cash flows at the valuation date by the application of a discount rate, one which a prudent investor would require before making an investment in the equity of the Company.  The Company considers this method to be most reflective of a market participant’s view of fair value given the current market conditions, as it is based on the Company’s forecasted results and, therefore, established its weighting at 80% of the fair value calculation.

Key assumptions within the Company’s discounted cash flow model utilized for its annual impairment test included projected financial operating results, a long term growth rate of 3% and discount rates ranging from 17.5% to 25%, depending on the reporting unit.  As stated above, as the discounted cash flow method derives value from the present value of a projected level of income stream, a modification to the Company’s projected operating results including changes to the long term growth rate could impact the fair value.  The present value of the cash flows is determined using a discount rate based on the capital structure and capital costs of comparable public companies, as well as company-specific risk premium, as identified by the Company.  A change to the discount rate could impact the fair value determination.

The market approach is a generally-accepted way of determining a value indication of a business, business ownership interest, security or intangible asset by using one or more methods that compare the subject to similar businesses, business ownership interests, securities or intangible assets that have been sold.  There are three methodologies considered under the market approach: the merger and acquisition method, the public company method and the quoted price method.

42

The merger & acquisition method, public company method and quoted price method of appraisal are based on the premise that pricing multiples of publicly traded companies can be used as a tool to be applied in valuing closely held companies.  The mechanics of the method require the use of the stock price in conjunction with other factors to create a pricing multiple that can be used, with certain adjustments, to apply against the subject’s similar factor to determine an estimate of value for the subject company.  The Company considered these methods appropriate as they provide an indication of fair value as supported by current market conditions.  The Company established its weighting at 10% of the fair value calculation for the public company method and quoted price method for the Government reporting unit and weightings at 10%, 5% and 5% of the fair value calculation for the merger and acquisition method, public company method and quoted price method for the Hotel/Resort/Spa reporting unit, respectively.

The most critical assumption underlying the market approaches utilized by the Company are the comparable companies utilized.  Each market approach described above estimates revenue and earnings multiples for the Company based on its comparable companies.  As such, a change to the comparable companies could have an impact on the fair value determination.

The amount of goodwill carried by the Restaurant, Hotel/Resort/Spa and Government reporting units is $10.3 million, $6.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively.  The estimated fair value of the Hotel/Resort/Spa reporting unit exceeds its carrying value by approximately 14%.  The estimated fair value of the Government reporting unit is substantially in excess of its carrying value.

Hotel /Resort/Spa:

In deriving its fair value estimates, the Company has utilized key assumptions built on the current core business adjusted to reflect anticipated revenue increases from continued investment in its next generation software.  These assumptions, specifically those included within the discounted cash flow estimate, are comprised of the revenue growth rate, gross margin, operating expenses, working capital requirements, and depreciation and amortization expense.

The Company has utilized annual revenue growth rates ranging between 2% and 54%.  The high end growth rate reflects the Company’s projected revenues resulting from the release of ATRIO.  This software platform will expand the Company’s capabilities into new markets.  The Company believes these estimates are reasonable given the size of the overall market which it will enter, combined with the projected market share the Company expects to achieve.  Overall, the projected revenue growth rates ultimately trend to an estimated long term growth rate of 3%.

43

The Company has utilized gross margin estimates materially consistent with historical gross margins achieved.  Estimates of operating expenses, working capital requirements and depreciation and amortization expense utilized for this reporting unit are generally consistent with actual historical amounts, adjusted to reflect its continued investment and projected revenue growth from ATRIO.  The Company believes utilization of actual historical results adjusted to reflect its continued investment in ATRIO is an appropriate basis supporting the fair value of the Hotel/Resort/Spa reporting unit.

Lastly, the Company utilized a discount rate of approximately 25% for this reporting unit.  This estimate was derived through a combination of current risk-free interest rate data, financial data from companies that PAR has deemed as its competitors, and was based on volatility between the Company’s historical financial projections and actual results achieved.

The current economic conditions and the continued volatility in the U.S. and in many other countries in which the Company operates could contribute to decreased consumer confidence and continued economic uncertainty which may adversely impact the Company’s operating performance.  Although the Company has seen an improvement in the markets which it serves, the continued volatility in these markets could have an impact on purchases of the Company’s products, which could result in a reduction of sales, operating income and cash flows.  Reductions in these results could have a material adverse impact on the underlying estimates used in deriving the fair value of the Company’s reporting units used in support of its annual goodwill impairment test or could result in a triggering event requiring a fair value re-measurement, particularly if the Company is unable to achieve the estimates of revenue growth indicated in the preceding paragraphs.  These conditions may result in an impairment charge in future periods.

The Company has reconciled the aggregate estimated fair value of the reporting units to the market capitalization of the consolidated Company, including a reasonable control premium.

Taxes

The Company has significant amounts of deferred tax assets that are reviewed for recoverability and valued accordingly.  These assets are evaluated by using estimates of future taxable income and the impact of tax planning strategies.  Valuations related to tax accruals and assets can be impacted by changes to tax codes, changes in statutory tax rates and the Company’s estimates of its future taxable income levels.

44

New Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Report for details of New Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

inflation

Inflation had little effect on revenues and related costs during 2014.  Management anticipates that margins will be maintained at acceptable levels to minimize the effects of inflation, if any.

interest rates

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $5.0 million of variable debt.  The Company believes that an adverse change in interest rates of 100 basis points would not have a material impact on PAR’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

foreign currency

The Company's primary exposures relate to certain non-dollar denominated sales and operating expenses in Europe and Asia. These primary currencies are the Great British Pound, the Euro, the Australian dollar, the Singapore dollar and the Chinese Renminbi.  Accordingly, changes in exchange rates may negatively affect our revenue and net income (loss) as expressed in U.S. dollars. We also have foreign currency risk related to foreign currency transactions and monetary assets and liabilities, including intercompany balances denominated in currencies that are not the functional currency. We have experienced and will continue to experience fluctuations in our net income (loss) as a result of gains (losses) on these foreign currency transactions and the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities. To date, the impacts of foreign currency exchange rate changes on our revenues and net income (loss) have not been material. The volatility of exchange rates depends on many factors that we cannot forecast with reliable accuracy.

45

Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The Company’s 2014 consolidated financial statements, together with the report thereon of BDO USA, LLP dated March 31, 2015, are included elsewhere herein.  See Part IV, Item 15 for a list of Financial Statements.

Item 9: Changes in and Disagreements With Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A: Controls and Procedures

1. Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

Based on an evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2014, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Evaluation Date”), conducted under the supervision of and with the participation of the Company’s chief executive officer and principal financial officer, such officers have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, which are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including the chief executive and financial officers, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures, are effective as of the Evaluation Date.

46

2. Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.

PAR’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act.  The Company’s internal control system has been designed to provide reasonable assurance to management and the Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations.  Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.  Because of inherent limitations due to, for example, the potential for human error or circumvention of controls, internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

PAR’s management, under the supervision of and with the participation of the Company’s chief executive officer and principal financial officer, assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014.  Management based this assessment on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in the 1992 “Internal Control– Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”) of the Treadway Commission.  Based on its assessment, based on those criteria, management believes that as of December 31, 2014, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.

47

3. Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting.

During the Company’s last fiscal quarter of 2014 (the fourth fiscal quarter), there were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13 a-15(f)) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

48

PART III

Item 10: Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this item will appear under the caption “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” in our 2015 definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders on May 28, 2015, to be filed under Schedule 14A, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11: Executive Compensation

The information required by this item will appear under the caption “Executive Compensation” in our 2015 definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders on May 28, 2015, to be filed under Schedule 14A, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12: Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this item will appear under the caption “Security Ownership of Management and Certain Beneficial Owners” in our 2015 definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders on May 28, 2015, to be filed under Schedule 14A, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13: Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item will appear under the caption “Executive Compensation” in our 2015 definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders on May 28, 2015, to be filed under Schedule 14A, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14: Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The response to this item will appear under the caption “Principal Accounting Fees and Services” in our 2015 definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders on May 28, 2015, to be filed under Schedule 14A, and is incorporated herein by reference.

49

 

PART IV

Item 15: Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Form 10-K Page

(a) Documents filed as a part of the Form 10-K

Financial Statements:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	51
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2014 and 2013	52
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013	53
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013	54
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013	55
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013	56
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	57

(b) Exhibits

See list of exhibits on page 90.

50

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

PAR Technology Corporation

New Hartford, New York

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PAR Technology Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PAR Technology Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

New York, New York

March 31, 2015

51

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 (in thousands, except share amounts)

	December 31,
Assets	2014			2013
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	10,167		$	10,015
Accounts receivable-net		31,445			30,688
Inventories-net		25,922			24,465
Deferred income taxes		4,512			3,747
Other current assets		4,597			3,418
Total current assets		76,643			72,333
Property, plant and equipment - net		6,137			5,494
Deferred income taxes		11,357			15,083
Goodwill		17,167			6,852
Intangible assets - net		22,952			15,071
Other assets		3,043			2,675
Total Assets	$	137,297		$	117,508
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt	$	3,173		$	166
Borrowings under line of credit		5,000			-
Accounts payable		19,676			17,200
Accrued salaries and benefits		6,429			6,663
Accrued expenses		6,578			2,701
Customer deposits		2,345			1,071
Deferred service revenue		12,695			12,170
Income taxes payable		475			185
Total current liabilities		56,371			40,156
Long-term debt		2,566			918
Other long-term liabilities		8,847			3,714
Total liabilities		67,784			44,788
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders’ Equity:
Preferred stock, $.02 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized		-			-
Common stock, $.02 par value, 29,000,000 shares authorized; 17,274,708 and 17,301,925 shares issued, 15,566,599 and 15,593,816 outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively		346			344
Capital in excess of par value		44,854			43,635
Retained earnings		31,465			35,116
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(1,316	)		(539	)
Treasury stock, at cost, 1,708,109 shares		(5,836	)		(5,836	)
Total shareholders’ equity		69,513			72,720
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity	$	137,297		$	117,508

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

52

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 (in thousands, except per share amounts)

	Year ended December 31,
	2014			2013
Net revenues:
Product	$	87,246		$	90,847
Service		58,675			61,529
Contract		87,689			89,018
		233,610			241,394
Costs of sales:
Product		59,520			62,317
Service		40,421			43,659
Contract		82,347			82,583
		182,288			188,559
Gross margin		51,322			52,835
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative		37,297			37,925
Research and development		15,965			15,567
Amortization of identifiable intangible assets		279			-
		53,541			53,492
Operating loss from continuing operations		(2,219	)		(657	)
Other income, net		304			506
Interest expense		(136	)		(60	)
Loss from continuing operations before (provision for) benefit from income taxes		(2,051	)		(211	)
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes		(1,600	)		780
(Loss) income from continuing operations		(3,651	)		569
Discontinued operations
Loss on discontinued operations (net of tax)		-			(211	)
Net (loss) income	$	(3,651	)	$	358
Basic Earnings per Share:
(Loss) income from continuing operations		(0.24	)		0.04
Loss from discontinued operations		-			(0.01	)
Net (loss) income	$	(0.24	)	$	0.02
Diluted Earnings per Share:
(Loss) income from continuing operations		(0.24	)		0.04
Loss from discontinued operations		-			(0.01	)
Net (loss) income	$	(0.24	)	$	0.02
Weighted average shares outstanding
Basic		15,501			15,240
Diluted		15,501			15,273

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

53

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands)

	Year ended December 31,
	2014			2013
Net (loss) income	$	(3,651	)	$	358
Other comprehensive loss net of applicable tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments		(777	)		(435	)
Comprehensive loss	$	(4,428	)	$	(77	)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

54

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in thousands)

	Common Stock					Capital in excess of			Retained			Accumulated Other Comprehensive			Treasury Stock						Total Shareholders’
(in thousands)	Shares			Amount		Par Value			Earnings			Loss			Shares			Amount			Equity
Balances at December 31, 2012		17,038		$	341	$	43,661		$	34,758		$	(104	)		(1,708	)	$	(5,834	)	$	72,822
Net income										358												358
Issuance of common stock upon the exercise of stock options		16			1		51									0			(2	)		50
Net issuance of restricted stock awards		248			2		-															2
Equity based compensation							187															187
Stock options and awards tax benefits							(264	)														(264	)
Translation adjustments, net of tax of $114													(435	)								(435	)
Balances at December 31, 2013		17,302			344		43,635			35,116			(539	)		(1,708	)		(5,836	)		72,720
Net loss										(3,651	)											(3,651	)
Net issuance of restricted stock awards		(27	)		2																	2
Equity based compensation							1,185															1,185
Stock options and awards tax benefits							34															34
Translation adjustments, net of tax of $476													(777	)								(777	)
Balances at December 31, 2014		17,275		$	346	$	44,854		$	31,465		$	(1,316	)		(1,708	)	$	(5,836	)	$	69,513

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

55

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

	Year ended December 31,
	2014			2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net (loss) income	$	(3,651	)	$	358
Loss from discontinued operations		-			211
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		3,670			2,830
Provision for bad debts		412			716
Provision for obsolete inventory		2,232			2,564
Equity based compensation		1,185			187
Deferred income tax		516			(1,878	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
Accounts receivable		(1,169	)		(1,514	)
Inventories		(3,689	)		(857	)
Income tax receivable/(payable)		290			(361	)
Other current assets		(1,179	)		(221	)
Other assets		(368	)		543
Accounts payable		2,477			(3,930	)
Accrued salaries and benefits		(234	)		265
Accrued expenses		3,877			(1,770	)
Customer deposits		1,274			(309	)
Deferred service revenue		525			(352	)
Other long-term liabilities		93			684
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities-continuing operations		6,261			(2,834	)
Net cash used in operating activities-discontinued operations		-			(396	)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		6,261			(3,230	)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures		(2,108	)		(1,136	)
Capitalization of software costs		(2,894	)		(4,652	)
Payments for acquisition, net of cash acquired		(5,000	)		-
Net cash used in investing activities		(10,002	)		(5,788	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Payments of long-term debt		(165	)		(159	)
Proceeds from other borrowings		5,000			-
Proceeds from stock awards		2			52
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		4,837			(107	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		(944	)		(335	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		152			(9,460	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		10,015			19,475
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period		10,167			10,015
Cash and cash equivalents of continuing operations at end of period	$	10,167		$	10,015
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest	$	129		$	60
Income taxes, net of refunds	$	722		$	1,373
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash information:
Acquisition through notes payable	$	4,820		$	-
Contingent consideration payable in connection with acquisition	$	5,040		$	-

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

56

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PAR Technology Corporation and its subsidiaries (ParTech, Inc., ParTech (Shanghai) Company Ltd., PAR Springer-Miller Systems, Inc., Springer-Miller Canada, ULC, PAR Canada ULC, PAR Government Systems Corporation, Rome Research Corporation, Brink Software, Inc. and PAR Logistics Management Systems Corporation), collectively referred to as the “Company.” All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

On January 12, 2012 PAR Technology Corporation completed its sale of substantially all of the assets of the PAR Logistics Management Systems Corporation (LMS) to ORBCOMM Inc.  The results of operations of LMS fiscal year 2013 have been recorded as discontinued operations in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 205-20, Presentation of Financial Statements — Discontinued Operations. During the period ended December 31, 2014, the Company did not record any income or loss associated with its former LMS business.  During the period ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded agreed upon working capital adjustments that resulted in a net loss of $211,000.

Business combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations pursuant to ASC 805, Business Combinations, which requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at their respective fair values on the date of acquisition. The fair value of the consideration paid is assigned to the underlying net assets of the acquired business based on their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is allocated to goodwill (the “Acquisition Method”). The purchase price allocation process requires the Company to make significant assumptions and estimates in determining the purchase price and the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date. The Company’s assumptions and estimates are subject to refinement and, as a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company records adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon conclusion of the measurement period, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The Company’s consolidated financial statements and results of operations reflect an acquired business after the completion of the acquisition.

57

ContingentConsideration

The Company determines the acquisition date fair value of contingent consideration using a discounted cash flow method, with significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 fair value measurement as defined in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement.  The significant inputs in the Level 3 measurement not supported by market activity included the Company’s probability assessments of expected future cash flows related to the Company’s acquisition of Brink during the contingent consideration period, appropriately discounted considering the uncertainties associated with the obligation, and calculated in accordance with the terms of the definitive agreement.  The liabilities for the contingent consideration are established at the time of the acquisition and will be evaluated on a quarterly basis based on additional information as it becomes available.  Any change in the fair value adjustment is recorded in the earnings of that period.  Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration obligations may result from changes in probability assumptions with respect to the likelihood of achieving the various contingent payment obligations.  Significant increases or decreases in the inputs noted above in isolation would result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement. 

Revenue recognition policy

Our Hospitality group’s revenues consist of sales of the Company’s standard point-of-sale and property management systems of the Hospitality segment. We derive revenue from the following sources: (1) hardware sales, (2) software license agreements, including sold as a perpetual license and sold as a service, (3) professional services, (4) hosting services and (5) post-contract customer support ("PCS").

We recognize revenue when all four revenue recognition criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, we have delivered the product or performed the service, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is probable. Determining whether and when some of these criteria have been satisfied often involves assumptions and judgments that can have a significant impact on the timing and amount of revenue we report.

Hardware

Revenue recognition on hardware sales occurs upon delivery to the customer site (or when shipped for systems that are not installed by the Company) when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.

58

Software

Revenue recognition on software sales generally occurs upon delivery to the customer, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is probable.  For software sales sold as a perpetual license and as a service, where the Company is the sole party that has the proprietary knowledge to install the software, revenue is recognized upon installation and when the system is ready to go live.

Service

Service revenue consists of installation and training services, field and depot repair, subscription software products, associated software maintenance, and software related hosted services.  Installation and training service revenue are based upon standard hourly/daily rates as well as contracted prices with the customer, and revenue is recognized as the services are performed.  Support maintenance and field and depot repair are provided to customers either on a time and materials basis or under a maintenance contract.  Services provided on a time and materials basis are recognized as the services are performed.  Service revenues from maintenance contracts are recorded as deferred revenue when billed to the customer and are recognized ratably over the underlying contract period.  Software sold as a service is recognized based on the contracted price of its contract term.

PAR frequently enters into multiple-element arrangements with its customers including hardware, software, professional consulting services and maintenance support services. For arrangements involving multiple deliverables, when deliverables include software and non-software products and services, PAR evaluates and separates each deliverable to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting based on the following criteria: (a) the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and (b) if the contract includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially in the control of PAR.

59

The individual hardware, service, and software offerings that are included in arrangements with our customers are identified and priced separately to the customer based upon the stand alone price for each individual hardware, service, or software sold in the arrangement irrespective of the combination of products and services which are included in a particular arrangement.  As such, overall consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting based on the unit's relative selling prices. In such circumstances, the Company uses a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to each deliverable: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price (VSOE), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (TPE), and (iii) best estimate of selling price (BESP). VSOE generally exists only when the Company sells the deliverable separately and is the price actually charged by the Company for that deliverable. VSOE is established for our software maintenance services to establish selling prices for our non-software related services, which include hardware maintenance, non-software related professional services, and transaction services. The Company uses BESP to allocate revenue when we are unable to establish VSOE or TPE of selling price. BESP is primarily used for elements such as products that are not consistently priced within a narrow range. The Company determines BESP for a deliverable by considering multiple factors including product and customer class, geography, average discount, and management's historical pricing practices. Amounts allocated to the delivered hardware and software elements are recognized at the time of sale provided the other conditions for revenue recognition have been met. Amounts allocated to the undelivered maintenance and other services elements are recognized as the services are provided or on a straight-line basis over the service period. In certain instances, customer acceptance is required prior to the passage of title and risk of loss of the delivered products. In such cases, revenue is not recognized until the customer acceptance is obtained. Delivery and acceptance generally occur in the same reporting period.

In situations where PAR’s solutions contain software and software related services (generally PCS and professional services), revenue is recognized in accordance with authoritative guidance on software revenue recognition.  For the software and software-related elements of such transactions, revenue is allocated based on the relative fair value of each element, and fair value is determined by vender specific objective evidence (VSOE), where available.  If VSOE is not available for all elements, we will use the residual method to separate the elements as long as we have VSOE for the undelivered amounts.  If the Company cannot objectively determine the fair value of any undelivered element included in such multiple-element arrangements, the Company defers the revenue until all elements are delivered and services have been performed, or until fair value can objectively be determined for any remaining undelivered elements.

Government Contracts

The Company’s contract revenues generated by the Government segment result primarily from contract services performed for the U.S. Government under a variety of cost-plus fixed fee, time-and-material, and fixed-price contracts.  Revenue on cost-plus fixed fee contracts is recognized based on allowable costs for labor hours delivered, as well as other allowable costs plus the applicable fee.  Revenue on time and material contracts is recognized by multiplying the number of direct labor hours delivered in the performance of the contract by the contract billing rates and adding other direct costs as incurred.  Revenue from fixed-price contracts is recognized as labor hours are delivered which approximates the straight-line basis of the life of the contract. The Company’s obligation under these contracts is to provide labor hours to conduct research or to staff facilities with no other deliverables or performance obligations.  Anticipated losses on all contracts are recorded in full when identified.  Unbilled accounts receivable are stated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements at their estimated realizable value.  Contract costs, including indirect expenses, are subject to audit and adjustment through negotiations between the Company and U.S. Government representatives.

60

Cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments, purchased with a remaining maturity of three months or less, to be cash equivalents.

Accounts receivable – Allowance for doubtful accounts

Allowances for doubtful accounts are based on estimates of probable losses related to accounts receivable balances.  The establishment of allowances requires the use of judgment and assumptions regarding probable losses on receivable balances.

Inventories

The Company’s inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method.  The Company uses certain estimates and judgments and considers several factors including product demand, changes in customer requirements and changes in technology to provide for excess and obsolescence reserves to properly value inventory.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to twenty-five years.  Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

61

Other assets

Other assets primarily consist of cash surrender value of life insurance related to the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan.

Income taxes

The provision for income taxes is based upon pretax earnings with deferred income taxes provided for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities.  The Company records a valuation allowance when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to their net realizable amounts.  The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Other long-term liabilities

Other long-term liabilities represent amounts owed to certain employees who are participants in the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan and the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration payable related to the Brink acquisition.

Foreign currency

The assets and liabilities for the Company’s international operations are translated into U.S. dollars using year-end exchange rates. Income statement items are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the year. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of shareholders’ equity under the heading Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss.  Exchange gains and losses on intercompany balances of a long-term investment nature are also recorded as a translation adjustment and are included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).  Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded in other income in the accompanying statements of operations.

62

Other income

The components of other income for the two years ending December 31 are as follows:

	Year ended December 31 (in thousands)
	2014			2013
Foreign currency gains / (loss)	$	(154	)	$	146
Rental income-net		359			448
Other		99			(88	)
	$	304		$	506

Identifiable intangible assets

The Company’s identifiable intangible assets represent intangible assets acquired from the Brink acquisition as well as internally developed software costs.  The Company capitalizes certain costs related to the development of computer software sold by its Hospitality segment. Software development costs incurred prior to establishing technological feasibility are charged to operations and included in research and development costs.  Software development costs incurred after establishing feasibility (as defined within ASC 985-20) are capitalized and amortized on a product-by-product basis when the product is available for general release to customers.  Software costs capitalized during the periods ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $2.9 million and $4.7 million, respectively.

Annual amortization, charged to cost of sales when the product is available for general release to customers, is computed using the greater of (a) the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the product, generally three to seven years or (b) the ratio that current gross revenues for a product bear to the total of current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product.  Amortization of capitalized software costs amounted to $1.9 million and $1.3 million, in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

In 2014, the Company acquired identifiable intangible assets in connection with its acquisition of Brink Software.  Amortization of intangible assets acquired from the Brink acquisition amounted to $279,000 in 2014.  There was no amortization of prior acquisitions recorded in 2014 and 2013.

63

The components of identifiable intangible assets are:

	December 31, (in thousands)
	2014			2013
Acquired and internally developed software costs	$	26,134		$	16,640
Customer relationships		160			-
Non-competition agreements		30			-
Trademarks, trade names (non-amortizable)		2,200			1,800
		28,524			18,440
Less accumulated amortization		(5,572	)		(3,369	)
	$	22,952		$	15,071

The expected future amortization of these intangible assets assuming straight-line amortization of capitalized software costs and acquisition related intangibles is as follows (in thousands):

2015	$	3,068
2016		3,465
2017		3,364
2018		3,262
2019		2,985
Thereafter		4,608
Total	$	20,752

The Company has elected to test for impairment of indefinite lived intangible assets during the fourth quarter of its fiscal year.  To value the indefinite lived intangible assets, the Company utilizes the royalty method to estimate the fair values of the trademarks and trade names.  As a result of the testing, there was no related impairment charge recorded for the periods ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Stock-based compensation

The Company recognizes all stock-based compensation to employees, including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock awards, in the financial statements as compensation cost over the vesting period using an accelerated expense recognition method, based on their fair value on the date of grant.

64

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted earnings per share reflect the dilutive impact of outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards.

The following is a reconciliation of the weighted average shares outstanding for the basic and diluted earnings per share computations (in thousands, except share and per share data):

	December 31,
	2014			2013
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	(3,651	)	$	569
Basic:
Shares outstanding at beginning of year		15,473			15,210
Weighted average shares issued during the year		28			30
Weighted average common shares, basic		15,501			15,240
Income (loss) from continuing operations per common share, basic	$	(0.24	)	$	0.04
Diluted:
Weighted average common shares, basic		15,501			15,240
Weighted average shares issued during the year		-			1
Dilutive impact of stock options and restricted stock awards		-			32
Weighted average common shares, diluted		15,501			15,273
Income (loss) from continuing operations per common share, diluted	$	(0.24	)	$	0.04

At December 31, 2014 and 2013 there were 215,000 and 127,000 incremental shares, respectively, from the assumed exercise of stock options that were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because of the anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share.  There were no restricted stock awards excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Goodwill

The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment.  The Company operates in two business segments, Hospitality and Government.  Goodwill impairment testing is performed at the sub-segment level (referred to as a reporting unit).  The three reporting units utilized by the Company are: Restaurant, Hotel/Resort/Spa, and Government. Goodwill is assigned to reporting units at the date the goodwill is initially recorded. Once goodwill has been assigned to reporting units, it no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition, and all of the activities within a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically grown, are available to support the value of the goodwill.  The amount outstanding for goodwill was $17.2 million and $6.9 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The increase was a result of $10.3 million of goodwill recorded by the Restaurant reporting unit from the acquisition of Brink Software.  There was noimpairment of goodwill for the periods ending December 31, 2014 or 2013.

65

The changes and carrying amounts of goodwill by reporting unit were as follows (in thousands):

	Restaurants			Hotel/Resort/ Spa			Government		Total
Net Balances at December 31, 2012	$	-		$	6,116		$	736	$	6,852
Goodwill		12,433			13,946			736		27,115
Accumulated Impairment charge		(12,433	)		(7,830	)		-		(20,263	)
Net Balances at December 31, 2013		-			6,116			736		6,852
Goodwill		12,433			13,946			736		27,115
Accumulated Impairment charge		(12,433	)		(7,830	)		-		(20,263	)
Acquisition		10,315			-			-		10,315
Net balance at December 31, 2014	$	10,315		$	6,116		$	736	$	17,167

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company evaluates the accounting and reporting for the impairment of long-lived assets in accordance with the reporting requirements of ASC 360-10, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. The Company will recognize impairment of long-lived assets or asset groups if the net book value of such assets exceeds the estimated future undiscounted cash flows attributable to such assets.  If the carrying value of a long-lived asset or asset group is considered impaired, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair market value of the long-lived asset or asset group for assets to be held and used, or the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair market value less cost to sell for assets to be sold.  No impairment was identified during 2014 or 2013.

Reclassifications

Amounts in prior years’ consolidated financial statements are reclassified whenever necessary to conform to the current year’s presentation.

66

Use of estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management of the Company to make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reported amount of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period.  Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the recognition and measurement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations at fair value, the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment, identifiable intangible assets and goodwill, valuation allowances for receivables, inventories and deferred income tax assets, and measurement of contingent consideration at fair value. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The current economic conditions and the continued volatility in the U.S. and in many other countries where the Company operates could contribute to decreased consumer confidence and continued economic uncertainty which may adversely impact the Company’s operating performance.  Although the Company has seen an improvement in the markets which it serves, the continued volatility in these markets could have an impact on purchases of the Company’s products, which could result in a reduction of sales, operating income and cash flows. This could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and/or results of operations and could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s significant estimates discussed above, specifically the fair value of the Company’s reporting units used in support of its annual goodwill impairment test.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In June 2014, the FASB issued amended guidance on the accounting for certain share-based employee compensation awards. The amended guidance requires that share-based employee compensation awards with terms of a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. As such, the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award and compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved. The Company is required to adopt this guidance for its annual and interim periods beginning March 1, 2016. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

67

In May 2014, the FASB amended the existing accounting standards for revenue recognition. The amendments are based on the principle that revenue should be recognized to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance provides a five-step analysis of transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The guidance also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity’s contracts with customers. Adoption of the amendments is required in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. Early adoption is not permitted. The amendments may be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented or with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of initial application. PAR is currently evaluating the impact of these amendments and the transition alternatives on PAR's financial statements.

In April 2014, the FASB issued guidance that raises the threshold for a disposal to qualify as a discontinued operation and requires new disclosures of both discontinued operations and other disposals that do not meet the definition of a discontinued operations. The new guidance defines a discontinued operation as a disposal of a component or group of components that is disposed of or is classified as held for sale and represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results. The new guidance is effective on January 1, 2015, with early adoption permitted. While we do not expect a material impact on PAR’s financial statements upon adoption, the effects on future periods will depend upon the nature and significance of future disposals.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance eliminating diversity in practice surrounding the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The new guidance requires entities to net an unrecognized tax benefit with a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward if the carryforward would be used to settle additional tax due upon disallowance of a tax position. The amendment is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2013 with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this amendment on January 1, 2014 did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

68

In March 2013, the FASB clarified that, when a reporting entity (parent) ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business within a foreign entity, the parent is required to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income. The cumulative translation adjustment should be released into net income only if the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity in which the subsidiary or group of assets had resided. The FASB also clarified that if a business combination is achieved in stages related to a previously held equity method investment (step-acquisition) that is a foreign entity, the amount of accumulated other comprehensive income that is reclassified and included in the calculation of gain or loss as of the acquisition date shall include any foreign currency translation adjustment related to that previously held investment. The amendments are effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this amendment on January 1, 2014 did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance requiring an entity to measure obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation is fixed at the reporting date as the amount the entity agreed to pay for the arrangement between them and the other entities that are also obligated to the liability and any additional amount the entity expects to pay on behalf of the other entities. The amendments are effective for fiscal periods (and interim reporting periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this amendment on January 1, 2014 did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

Note 2 — Acquisition

On September 18, 2014, PAR Technology Corporation (the "Company") and its wholly-owned subsidiary, ParTech, Inc. ("ParTech"), entered into and closed a definitive agreement with Brink Software Inc. ("Brink") and all the shareholders of Brink pursuant to which ParTech has purchased the equity interest of Brink in a two-step closing.  This acquisition was to expand the Company’s cloud based POS software offerings to complement the Company’s existing infrastructure. The guaranteed portion of the purchase price for Brink’s shares will total $10 million in cash, which is payable over a period of three years with $5.0 million paid at closing, $3.0 million payable on the first year anniversary of close, and $2.0 million payable on the second year anniversary of close.  In addition to the guaranteed payments, there is a contingent consideration of up to $7.0 million payable to the former owners of Brink based on the achievement of certain conditions as defined in the definitive agreement.  

69

The payment of $5.0 million on September 18, 2014, was for the purchase of 51% of Brink’s outstanding shares. The remaining 49% will be purchased and transferred on September 18, 2015, the first anniversary of the initial closing date, for a purchase price of $5.0 million, $3.0 million of which will be payable at the second closing and the $2.0 million balance will be payable on September 18, 2016.  The Company has a current note payable included within the Consolidated Balance Sheet of $3.0 million for payment at the second close.  The estimated fair value of the long term portion of the note payable due on September 18, 2016 is approximately $1.8 million and is included within long-term debt in PAR’s consolidated balance sheet.  Per the stock purchase agreement, Brink shareholders assigned their voting rights of the remaining 49% of Brink shares to PAR.  As a result, PAR controls 100% of the Brink shares and fully consolidates the financial results of Brink in accordance with ASC Topic 805.  The agreement also provides for up to $1.0 million of the purchase price to be delivered into escrow if one or more claims arise within the first twelve months of the transaction. Such escrow will serve as a source of payment for any indemnification obligations that may arise. 

The contingent purchase price maximum of $7.0 million can be earned through fiscal year 2018, based upon the achievement of certain conditions as defined in the definitive agreement.  The estimated fair value of this contingent consideration is approximately $5.0 million and is included within non-current liabilities in PAR’s consolidated balance sheet (see note 12). 

In determining the purchase price allocation, the Company considered, among other factors, market participants’ intentions to use the acquired assets and the historical and estimated future demand for the acquired Brink POS cloud based point of sale application.As of September 18, 2014, the Company recorded an aggregate purchase price of $14.9 million, including a cash payment of $5.0 million, net of cash acquired of $184,000, plus additional estimated cash payments of $9.9 million, which represents the fair value of the remaining consideration.  

70

The total purchase price was allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company based on their fair values as of the closing date of the acquisition.  The excess of the purchase price over those fair values was recorded to goodwill.  The following table summarizes our allocation of purchase price (in thousands):

Accounts receivable	$	83
Inventories		116
Intangible assets		7,190
Goodwill		10,315
Other assets		90
Total assets acquired	$	17,794
Accounts payable	$	124
Other current liabilites		365
Deferred tax liabilities		2,445
Total liabilities assumed	$	2,934
Purchase price	$	14,860

The identifiable intangible assets acquired and their estimated useful lives (based on third party valuations) are as follows:

	Fair Value		Estimated Useful Life
Trade Name	$	400	Indefinite
Developed Technology		6,600	7 Years
Customer Relationships		160	7 Years
Non-Competition Agreements		30	7 Years
	$	7,190

The intangible assets are being amortized on a straight line basis, which is consistent with the pattern that the economic benefits of the intangible assets are expected to be utilized based on the estimated cash flows generated from such assets.  The Company recognized approximately $279,000 of amortization expense related to the amortizable intangible assets at December 31, 2014 based on the aforementioned estimates.

71

On an unaudited proforma basis, assuming the completed acquisition has occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented, the consolidated results of the Company would have been as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Year ended December 31,
	2014			2013
Revenues	$	235,075		$	242,476
Net loss	$	(4,281	)	$	(779	)
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	(0.28	)	$	(0.05	)
Diluted	$	(0.28	)	$	(0.05	)

The unaudited proforma financial information presented above gives effect to purchase accounting adjustments which have resulted or are expected to result from the acquisition.  This proforma information is not necessarily indicative of the results that would actually have been obtained had the companies combined for the periods presents.

The Company has recognized transaction, integration, and other acquisition related costs of approximately $163,000 through December 31, 2014, which have been recorded within sales, general, and administration expense within the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Additionally, the results of the Brink acquisition acquired in 2014 contributed $832,000 to PAR’s revenue and further reduced PAR’s net loss by $145,000.  The results of operations of the Brink acquisition is reported in the Company’s consolidated results of operations of the Company from the date of acquisition.

72

Note 3 — Accounts Receivable

The Company’s net accounts receivable consist of:

	December 31, (in thousands)
	2014			2013
Government segment:
Billed	$	9,340		$	16,932
Advanced billings		(450	)		(4,335	)
		8,890			12,597
Hospitality segment:
Accounts receivable - net		22,555			18,091
	$	31,445		$	30,688

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had recorded allowances for doubtful accounts of $582,000 and $561,000, respectively, against Hospitality segment accounts receivable.  Write-offs of accounts receivable during fiscal years 2014 and 2013 were $391,000 and $696,000, respectively.  The provision for doubtful accounts recorded in the consolidated statements of operations was $412,000 and $716,000 in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Note 4 — Inventories

Inventories are used primarily in the manufacture, maintenance, and service of the Hospitality segment systems.  Inventories are net of related reserves. The components of inventories-net are:

	December 31, (in thousands)
		2014	2013
Finished Goods	$	13,609		$	12,033
Work in process		457			297
Component parts		3,748			3,558
Service parts		8,108			8,577
	$	25,922		$	24,465

73

Note 5 — Property, Plant and Equipment

The components of property, plant and equipment are:

	December 31, (in thousands)
	2014			2013
Land	$	253		$	253
Building and improvements		6,467			6,540
Rental property		5,308			5,311
Furniture and equipment		13,177			25,431
		25,205			37,535
Less accumulated depreciation		(19,070	)		(32,041	)
	$	6,135		$	5,494

The estimated useful lives of buildings and improvements and rental property are twenty to twenty-five years.  The estimated useful lives of furniture and equipment range from three to eight years.  Depreciation expense was $1,467,000 and $1,502,000 for 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company leases a portion of its headquarters facility to various tenants.  Net rent received from these leases totaled $359,000 and $448,000 for 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Future minimum rent payments due to the Company under these lease arrangements are approximately $237,000 in 2015 and 2016 and $178,000 in 2017.

The Company leases office space under various operating leases. Rental expense on these operating leases was approximately $2.0 million and $2.6 million for 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Future minimum lease payments under all non-cancelable operating leases are (in thousands):

2015		1,821
2016		1,456
2017		1,031
2018		786
2019		721
Thereafter		1,220
	$	7,035

74

Note 6 — Debt

During fiscal year 2013 and through June 4, 2014, the Company maintained a credit facility with J.P. Morgan Chase, N.A. and NBT Bank, N.A. (on behalf of itself and as successor by merger to Alliance Bank, N.A.) consisting of $20.0 million  in working capital lines of credit (with the option to increase to $30.0 million), which expired in June 2014.  This agreement allowed the Company, at its option, to borrow funds at the LIBOR rate plus the applicable interest rate spread or at the bank's prime lending rate.  This credit facility was secured by certain assets of the Company.

On June 5, 2014, the Company executed an amendment to its then existing credit facility to provide for the renewal of the facility through June 2017, with terms generally consistent to those of its prior facility.  This facility provided the Company with capital of up to $20.0 million (with the option to increase to $30.0 million) in the form of a revolving line of credit.  This agreement allowed the Company, at its option, to borrow funds at the LIBOR rate plus the applicable interest rate spread or at the bank's prime lending rate.

On September 9, 2014, the Company terminated its existing credit facilities with J.P. Morgan Chase, N.A. and NBT Bank, N.A. (on behalf of itself and as successor by merger to Alliance Bank, N.A.) consisting of $20.0 million in working capital lines of credit, and the Company and its domestic subsidiaries entered into a new three-year credit facility with J.P. Morgan Chase, N.A. The terms of the new agreement provide for up to $25 million of a line of credit, with borrowing availability based on a percentage of value of various assets of the Company and its subsidiaries. The new agreement bears interest at the applicable bank rate (3.25% at December 31, 2014) or, at the Company's option, at the LIBOR rate plus the applicable interest rate spread (range of 1.5% – 2.0%).  At December 31, 2014, the Company had an outstanding balance of approximately $5.0 million on this line of credit at a rate of 2.19%.  The weighted average interest rate paid by the Company was approximately 2.64% during fiscal year 2014.   The new agreement contains traditional asset based loan covenants and includes covenants regarding earnings before interest, tax, depreciation & amortization (“EBITDA”) and a fixed charge coverage ratio, and provides for acceleration upon the occurrence of customary events of defaults.  The Company was in compliance with these covenants at December 31, 2014.

On March 19, 2015, the Company amended its existing Credit Facility to reduce the EBITDA requirement and extended the fixed charge coverage ratio.  The amendment provides the Company flexibility to continue investing in the Company’s future product offerings while maintaining certain covenant thresholds as defined in the amendment.  The Company anticipates it will be in compliance with its covenants throughout fiscal year 2015.

75

In addition to the credit facility described above, the Company has a mortgage loan, collateralized by certain real estate, with a balance of $919,000 and $1,084,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  This mortgage matures on November 1, 2019.  The Company's fixed interest rate was 4.05% through October 1, 2014.  Beginning on October 1, 2014, the fixed rate was converted to a new rate equal to the then-current five year fixed advanced rate charged by the New York Federal Home Loan bank, plus 225 basis points.  Effective November 1, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement that fixed the interest rate at 4.00% through the maturity date of the loan.  The annual mortgage payment including interest through November 1, 2019 totals $206,000.

In connection with the acquisition of Brink Software on September 18, 2014, the Company recorded indebtedness to the former owners of Brink under the stock purchase agreement.  At December 31, 2014, the principal balance of the note payable was $5.0 million and it had a carrying value of $4.8 million.  The carrying value was based on the note’s estimated fair value at the time of acquisition.  The note does not bear interest and repayment terms are $3.0 million payable on the first anniversary of close, September 18, 2015, and $2.0 million payable on the second anniversary of close, September 18, 2016.

The Company’s future principal payments under the stock purchase agreement and its mortgage are as follows (in thousands):

2015	$	3,173
2016		2,000
2017		188
2018		195
2019		183
	$	5,739

76

Note 7 — Stock Based Compensation

The Company recognizes all stock-based compensation to employees, including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock awards, in the financial statements as compensation cost over the vesting period based on their fair value on the date of grant.  Total stock-based compensation expense included in selling, general and administrative expense in 2014 and 2013 was $1,185,000 and $187,000, respectively.  The amount recorded for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was recorded net of benefits of $114,000 and $436,000, as the result of forfeitures of unvested stock awards prior to the completion of the requisite service period.  The amount of total stock based compensation includes $608,000 and $438,000 in 2014 and 2013, respectively, relating to restricted stock awards.  No compensation expense has been capitalized during 2014 and 2013.

The Company has reserved 2,250,000 shares under its 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (“EIP”).  Stock options under this Plan may be incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. The Plan also provides for restricted stock awards, including performance based awards.  Stock options are nontransferable other than upon death.  Option grants generally vest over a one to five year period after the grant and typically expire ten years after the date of the grant. The EIP provides for the grant of several different forms of stock-based compensation, including stock options to purchase shares of PAR common stock. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (Compensation Committee) has discretion to determine the material terms and conditions of option awards under the EIP, provided that (i) the exercise price must be no less than the fair market value of PAR common stock (defined as the closing price) on the date of grant, (ii) the term must be no longer than ten years, and (iii) in no event shall the normal vesting schedule provide for vesting in less than one year. Other terms and conditions of an award of stock options will be determined by the Compensation Committee as set forth in the agreement relating to that award. The Compensation Committee has authority to administer the EIP.

77

Information with respect to stock options included within this plan is as follows:

	No. of Shares (in thousands)			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Outstanding at December 31, 2013		1,048		$	5.45	$	270
Options granted		417			5.15
Forfeited and cancelled		(225	)		5.16
Outstanding at December 31, 2014		1,240		$	5.28	$	1,264
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2014		1,192		$	5.28	$	1,215
Total shares exercisable as of December 31, 2014		344		$	5.60	$	344
Shares remaining available for grant		332

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years 2014 and 2013 was $1.68 and $1.55, respectively.  There were no options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2014.  The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2013 was $11,000.    New shares of the Company’s common stock are issued as a result of stock option exercises in 2013.  The fair value of options at the date of the grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions for the respective period ending December 31:

	2014			2013
Expected option life	5.9 years			4.6 years
Weighted average risk-free interest rate		1.7	%		1.3	%
Weighted average expected volatility		31	%		33	%
Expected dividend yield		0	%		0	%

78

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the expected option life was based on the Company’s historical experience with similar type options.  Expected volatility is based on historical volatility levels of the Company’s common stock over the preceding period of time consistent with the expected life.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life.  Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2014 are summarized as follows:

Range of Exercise Prices		Number Outstanding (in thousands)		Weighted Average Remaining Life	Weighted Average Exercise Price
$	4.06 - $6.25		1,203	8.62 years	$	5.07
$	6.26 - $11.40		37	1.37 years	$	10.04
$	4.06 - $11.40		1,240	8.41 years	$	5.28

At December 31, 2014 the aggregate unrecognized compensation cost of unvested equity awards, as determined using a Black-Scholes option valuation model, was $1.7 million (net of estimated forfeitures) which is expected to be recognized as compensation expense in fiscal years 2015 through 2018.

79

Current year activity with respect to the Company’s non-vested restricted stock awards is as follows:

Non-vested shares (in thousands)	Shares			Weighted Average grant- date fair value
Balance at January 1, 2014		277		$	4.65
Granted		170			5.24
Vested		(112	)		4.23
Forfeited and cancelled		(62	)		3.46
Balance at December 31, 2014		273		$	4.68

The EIP also provides for the issuance of restricted stock, as well as restricted stock units.   These types of awards can have either service based or performance based vesting with performance goals being established by the Compensation Committee.  Grants of restricted stock with service based vesting are subject to vesting periods ranging from zero to 60 months.  Grants of restricted stock with performance based vesting are subject to a vesting period of 12 to 36 months and performance conditions as defined by the Compensation Committee.  The Company assesses the likelihood of achievement throughout the performance period and recognizes compensation expense associated with its performance awards based on this assessment.  Other terms and conditions applicable to any award of restricted stock will be determined by the Compensation Committee and set forth in the agreement relating to that award.

During 2014 and 2013, the Company issued 170,000 and 247,000 restricted stock awards, respectively, at a per share price of $0.02.  Included within the equity grants were approximately 109,000 performance based restricted stock awards which vest upon the achievement of Business Unit and Consolidated financial goals relative to fiscal years 2014 through 2016.  These equity awards are forfeited if the performance conditions are not achieved for each fiscal year.  For the periods ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized compensation expense related to the performance awards based on its estimate of the probability of achievement in accordance with ASC Topic 718.  The Company did not recognize any compensation expense related to the performance awards for the period ended December 31, 2013.

80

The fair value of restricted stock awards is based on the average price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.  The weighted average grant date fair value of restricted stock awards granted during the years 2014 and 2013 was $5.24 and $4.50, respectively.  In accordance with the terms of the restricted stock award agreements, the Company released 112,000 and 49,000 shares during 2014 and 2013, respectively.  During 2014, there were 62,000 shares of restricted stock cancelled, of which 52,000 were performance based restricted shares.  During 2013, there were 95,000 shares of restricted stock cancelled, of which 93,000 were performance based restricted shares.

Note 8— Income Taxes

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes from continuing operations consists of:

	Year ended December 31, (in thousands)
	2014		2013
Current income tax:
Federal	$	115	$	(16	)
State		212		27
Foreign		757		1,087
		1,084		1,098
Deferred income tax:
Federal		370		(1,813	)
State		146		(65	)
		516		(1,878	)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	$	1,600	$	(780	)

No deferred tax benefit or expense related to discontinued operations was recorded in fiscal year 2014 compared to a benefit of $108,000 during fiscal year 2013.

81

Deferred tax liabilities (assets) are comprised of the following at:

	December 31, (in thousands)
	2014			2013
Deferred tax liabilities:
Software development costs	$	4,984		$	5,042
Acquired intangible assets		2,350			-
Gross deferred tax liabilities		7,334			5,042
Allowances for bad debts and inventory		(4,524	)		(3,819	)
Capitalized inventory costs		(114	)		(122	)
Intangible assets		(2,100	)		(3,223	)
Employee benefit accruals		(1,715	)		(1,764	)
Federal net operating loss carryforward		(9,249	)		(10,524	)
State net operating loss carryforward		(1,104	)		(1,200	)
Tax credit carryforwards		(7,809	)		(4,979	)
Foreign currency		(33	)		(33	)
Other		(502	)		(585	)
Gross deferred tax assets		(27,150	)		(26,249	)
Less valuation allowance		3,947			2,377
Net deferred tax assets	$	(15,869	)	$	(18,830	)

The Company has Federal tax credit carryforwards of $4.5 million that expire in various tax years from 2015 to 2034.  The Company has a Federal operating loss carryforward of $26.4 million that expires in various tax years through 2034.  Of the operating loss carryforward, $1.6 million will result in a benefit within additional paid in capital when realized.  The Company also has state tax credit carryforwards of $307,000 and state net operating loss carryforwards of $20.1 million which expire in various tax years through 2034.  In assessing the ability to realize deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences become deductible.  Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.  As a result of this analysis and based on the current year’s taxable loss, management determined that it is more likely than not that the future benefit associated with the foreign tax credit carryforwards and certain state tax credits and loss carryforwards will not be realized.  As a result, the Company recorded tax expense associated with an additional deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $1.6 million and $179,000 for 2014 and 2013, respectively.

82

The Company records the benefits relating to uncertain tax positions only when it is more likely than not (likelihood of greater than 50%), based on technical merits, that the position would be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. Tax positions that meet the more likely than not threshold are measured using a probability-weighted approach as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement.   At December 31, 2014, the Company’s reserve for uncertain tax positions is not material and the Company believes it has adequately provided for its tax-related liabilities.  The Company is no longer subject to United States federal income tax examinations for years before 2011.  The provision for (benefit from) income taxes differed from the provision computed by applying the Federal statutory rate to income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes due to the following:

	Year ended December 31,
	2014			2013
Federal statutory tax rate		(34.0	)%		(34.0	)%
State taxes		13.8			1.7
Non deductible expenses		10.1			61.3
Tax credits		(21.5	)		(378.2	)
Repatriation of foreign earnings		109.8			0.0
Foreign income tax rate differential		(79.3	)		(103.0	)
Valuation allowance		76.6			84.8
Other		2.5			(2.4	)
		78.0	%		(369.8	)%

Note 9 — Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has a deferred profit-sharing retirement plan that covers substantially all employees. The Company’s annual contribution to the plan is discretionary. The Company’s did not make a contribution in 2014 or 2013.  The plan also contains a 401(k) provision that allows employees to contribute a percentage of their salary up to the statutory limitation.  These contributions are matched at the rate of 10% by the Company. The Company’s matching contributions under the 401(k) component were $318,000 and $299,000 in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

83

The Company also maintains an incentive-compensation plan. Participants in the plan are key employees as determined by the Board of Directors and executive management. Compensation under the plan is based on the achievement of predetermined financial performance goals of the Company and its subsidiaries.  Awards under the plan are payable in cash.  Awards under the plan totaled $656,000 and $620,000, in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company also sponsors a Deferred Compensation Plan for a select group of highly compensated employees.  Participants may make elective deferrals of their salary to the plan in excess of tax code limitations that apply to the Company’s qualified plan.  The Company invests the participants’ deferred amounts to fund these obligations.  The Company also has the sole discretion to make employer contributions to the plan on behalf of the participants, though it did not make any employer contributions in 2014 or 2013.

Note 10 — Contingencies

The Company is subject to legal proceedings, which arise in the ordinary course of business. Additionally, U.S. Government contract costs are subject to periodic audit and adjustment.  In the opinion of management, the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to these actions will not materially affect the financial position, results of operations, or cash flows of the Company.

Note 11 — Segment and Related Information

The Company’s reportable segments are strategic business units that have separate management teams and infrastructures that offer different products and services.

The Company has two reportable segments, Hospitality and Government.  The Hospitality segment offers integrated solutions to the hospitality industry.  These offerings include industry leading hardware and software applications utilized at the point-of-sale, back of store and corporate office, property management, spa and activity applications and includes the acquisition of Brink Software.  This segment also offers customer support including field service, installation, and twenty-four hour telephone support and depot repair.  The Government segment performs complex technical studies, analysis, and experiments, develops innovative solutions, and provides world-class on-site engineering in support of advanced defense, security, and aerospace systems.  This segment also provides affordable expert on-site services for operating and maintaining U.S. Government-owned communication assets.

84

Information as to the Company’s segments is set forth below.  Amounts below exclude discontinued operations.

	Year ended December 31, (in thousands)
	2014			2013
Revenues:
Hospitality	$	145,921		$	152,376
Government		87,689			89,018
Total	$	233,610		$	241,394
Operating income (loss) :
Hospitality	$	(5,312	)	$	(5,005	)
Government		4,883			5,949
Other		(1,790	)		(1,601	)
		(2,219	)		(657	)
Other income, net		304			506
Interest expense		(136	)		(60	)
Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes	$	(2,051	)	$	(211	)
Identifiable assets:
Hospitality	$	104,027		$	81,386
Government		11,221			16,936
Other		22,049			19,186
Total	$	137,297		$	117,508
Goodwill:
Hospitality	$	16,431		$	6,116
Government		736			736
Total	$	17,167		$	6,852
Depreciation and amortization:
Hospitality	$	3,341		$	2,454
Government		50			46
Other		279			330
Total	$	3,670		$	2,830
Capital expenditures including software costs:
Hospitality	$	3,997		$	5,523
Government		36			63
Other		969			202
Total	$	5,002		$	5,788

85

The following table presents revenues by country based on the location of the use of the product or services.

	December 31,
	2014		2013
United States	$	202,573	$	201,815
Other Countries		31,037		39,579
Total	$	233,610	$	241,394

The following table presents assets by country based on the location of the asset.

	December 31,
	2014		2013
United States	$	116,155	$	99,937
Other Countries		21,142		17,571
Total	$	137,297	$	117,508

Customers comprising 10% or more of the Company’s total revenues are summarized as follows:

	December 31,
	2014			2013
Hospitality segment:
McDonald’s Corporation		16	%		19	%
Yum! Brands, Inc.		12	%		13	%
Government segment:
U.S. Department of Defense		38	%		37	%
All Others		34	%		31	%
		100	%		100	%

Note 12 — Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments have been recorded at fair value using available market information and valuation techniques.  The fair value hierarchy is based upon three levels of input, which are:

Level 1 − quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (observable)

86

Level 2 − inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in inactive markets, or other inputs that are observable market data for essentially the full term of the asset or liability (observable)

Level 3 − unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity, but are significant to determining the fair value of the asset or liability (unobservable)

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, trade payables and debt instruments. For cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and trade payables, the carrying amounts of these financial instruments as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 were considered representative of their fair values.  The estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term debt and line of credit at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was based on variable and fixed interest rates at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, for new issues with similar remaining maturities and approximates the respective carrying values at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

The deferred compensation assets and liabilities primarily relate to the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan, which allows for pre-tax salary deferrals for certain key employees (see note 9). Changes in the fair value of the deferred compensation liabilities are derived using quoted prices in active markets of the asset selections made by the participants. The deferred compensation liabilities are classified within Level 2, as defined under U.S. GAAP, because their inputs are derived principally from observable market data by correlation to the hypothetical investments. The Company holds insurance investments to partially offset the Company’s liabilities under the Deferred Compensation Plan, which are recorded at fair value each period using the cash surrender value of the insurance investments.

The Company has obligations, to be paid in cash, to the former owners of Brink Software, based on the achievement of certain conditions as defined in the definitive agreement (see note 2).  The fair value of this contingent consideration payable was estimated using a discounted cash flow method, with significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 fair value measurement as defined in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. The significant inputs in the Level 3 measurement not supported by market activity included the Company’s probability assessments of expected future cash flows related to the Company’s acquisition of Brink Software during the contingent consideration period, appropriately discounted considering the uncertainties associated with the obligation, and calculated in accordance with the terms of the definitive agreement.  The liabilities for the contingent consideration were established at the time of the acquisition and will be evaluated on a quarterly basis based on additional information as it becomes available.  Any change in the fair value adjustment is recorded in the earnings of that period.  Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration obligations may result from changes in probability assumptions with respect to the likelihood of achieving the various contingent payment obligations.Significant increases or decreases in the inputs noted above in isolation would result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement. 

87

The following table presents a summary of changes in fair value of the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):

	Level 3 Inputs
	Liabilities
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	-
New level 3 liability (contingent consideration liability)		5,040
Total gains (losses) reported in earnings		-
Transfers into or out of Level 3		-
Balance at December 31, 2014	$	5,040

Note 13 — Related Party Transactions

The Company leases its corporate wellness facility to related parties at a current rate of $9,775 per month. The Company receives a complimentary membership to this facility which is provided to all employees.  During 2014 and 2013 the Company received rental income amounting to $117,300 for the lease of the facility in each year.

Note 14 — Subsequent Events

On March 19, 2015, the Company amended its credit facility with J.P. Morgan Chase, N.A.  See Note 6 for further details.

88

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
March 31, 2015	/s/ Ronald J. Casciano
	Ronald J. Casciano
	Chief Executive Officer & President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signatures	Title	Date
/s/ Ronald J. Casciano
Ronald J. Casciano	Chief Executive Officer &President	March 31, 2015
/s/ John S. Barsanti
John S. Barsanti	Director	March 31, 2015
/s/ Paul D. Eurek
Paul D. Eurek	Director	March 31, 2015
/s/ Todd E. Tyler
Todd E. Tyler	Director	March 31, 2015
/s/ John W. Sammon
John W. Sammon	Director	March 31, 2015
/s/ Steven M. Malone
Steven M. Malone	Vice President, Controller andChief Accounting Officer(Principal Financial Officer)	March 31, 2015

89

List of Exhibits

Exhibit No.	Description of Instrument
3.(i)	Certificate of Incorporation, as amended May 22, 2014.	Filed as Exhibit 3(i) to Form 8-K filed May 29, 2014 of PAR Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
3.(ii)	By-laws, as amended May 22, 2014.	Filed as Exhibit 3.(ii) to Form 8-K filed May 29, 2014 of PAR Technology Corporation incorporated herein by reference.
3.3	By-laws, as amended.	Filed as Exhibit 3(ii) to Form 8-K filed March 25, 2013 of PAR Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
3.4	By-laws, as amended July 29, 2013	Filed as Exhibit 3(ii) to Form 8-K filed August 2, 2013 of PAR Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
4	Specimen Certificate representing the Common Stock.	Filed as Exhibit 4  to Registration Statement on Form S-2 (Registration No. 333-04077) of PAR Technology Corporation incorporated herein by reference.
10.1	Letter of Agreement with Sanmina– SCI Corporation	Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form S-3/A (Registration No. 333-102197) of PAR Technology Corporation incorporated herein by reference.
10.2	JP Morgan term loan.	Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.3	2005 Equity Incentive Plan of PAR Technology Corporation	Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-137647) of PAR Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
10.4	2005 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended	Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-187246) of PAR Technology Corporation incorporated herein by reference.

90

List of Exhibits (Continued)

Exhibit No.	Description of Instrument
10.6	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement Pursuant to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan	Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q as for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 and incorporated by reference.
10.7	Pledge and Security Agreement  with JP Morgan Chase	Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K dated June 16, 2008 of PAR Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
10.8	Separation Letter Agreement dated March 25, 2013 between Registrant and Paul B. Domorski.	Filed as an Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.9	June 2011 – Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A; NBT Bank, N.A.; Alliance Bank, N.A.	Filed as an Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated June 6, 2011 of PAR Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
10.10	June 2011 - Amendment No. 1 to Pledge and Security Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.	Filed as an Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K dated June 6, 2011 of PAR Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
10.11 ***	December 2011 - Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement by and between PAR Technology Corporation , PAR Government Systems Corporation, PAR Logistics Management Systems Corporation and  ORBCOMM Inc. and PLMS Acquisition, LLC.	Filed as an Exhibit 10.13 to Form 10-K dated April 4, 2012 of PAR Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
10.12	February 2013 - Amendment No. 2 to Pledge and Security Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.	Filed as an Exhibit 10.14 to Form 10-K dated March 13, 2013 of PAR Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference.
10.13	Employment Offer Letter dated March 21, 2013 between Registrant and Ronald J. Casciano	Filed as an Exhibit 10.1*+ to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.14	Employment Offer Letter dated March 21, 2013 between Registrant and Robert P. Jerabeck	Filed as an Exhibit 10.2*+ to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.15	Employment Offer Letter dated March 21, 2013 between Registrant and Karen E. Sammon	Filed as an Exhibit 10.3*+ to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.

91

List of Exhibits (Continued)
 

Exhibit No.	Description of Instrument
10.16	Form of Notice of Equity Award and Agreement Pursuant to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan	Filed as an Exhibit 10.17 to Form 10-K dated March 14, 2014 of Par Technology Corporation and incorporated herein by reference
10.17	June 2014 – Amendment No. 3 to Pledge and Security Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.	Filed as an Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference
10.18 ***	Credit Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. dated as of September 9, 2014	Filed as an Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference
10.19	Pledge and Security Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. dated as of September 9, 2014	Filed as an Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference
10.20 ***	Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Brink Software, Inc., the Shareholders, ParTech, Inc., and Par Technology Corporation dated as of September 18, 2014	Filed as an Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference
10.21	Form of Outside Director Notice of Restricted Stock Award and Agreement Pursuant to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan
10.23	Form of Notice of Award and Agreement Pursuant to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan
10.24 ***	Second Amendment to Credit Agreement and Other Loan Documents with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. dated as of March 19, 2014
22	Subsidiaries of the registrant
23.1	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer & President Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2	Certification of Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer & President and Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

*** Portions of this Exhibit were omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.  The omitted portions have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

92

EX-10.21

Exhibit 10.21

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

OUTSIDE DIRECTOR

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD & AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Company’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Notice of Restricted Stock Award & Agreement, which are incorporated herein by reference (together, the “Award Agreement”).

Restricted stock awarded to the Participant, and the applicable vesting conditions are described in Part I of this Award Agreement.  The terms and conditions applicable to restricted stock awards are described in Part II of this Award Agreement.

Date of Grant by the Board of Directors:
Participant (the “Participant”):
Name:
Address:
Business Relationship	Outside Director

PART I

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD

Restricted Stock Grant

The undersigned Participant has been granted the right to purchase, and has agreed to purchase, ___________ “Restricted Shares” of the Company’s Common Stock at a purchase price of $0.02 per share.  The aggregate purchase price for the Restricted Shares is __________ Dollars ($_______) (the “Purchase Price”), which shall be paid by the Participant.  The Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Participant’s right to retain such Restricted Shares is subject to the vesting, forfeiture, and other terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and in this Award Agreement.

1

Restricted Stock Vesting Schedule

Subject to any additional vesting conditions described below, the Restricted Shares shall become vested, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

Additional Restricted Stock Vesting Conditions

In the event the death of Participant before the all Restricted Shares have vested, that unvested portion of the Restricted Shares shall vest, and, subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal, the estate of the Participant shall be free to Transfer any amount of Restricted Shares owned.

SPECIAL TERMS:[Company to mark all that apply]

☐ Change of Control

As an exception to the vesting schedules and vesting conditions described above, but subject to the applicable limitations imposed by the Plan, if a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan) occurs in connection with the Company (or the Company’s business unit by whom the Stockholder is employed) prior to the vesting of all Restricted Shares granted pursuant to this Award Agreement, and if the Participant maintains a continuous Business Relationship with the Company through the effective date of the Change of Control, then, as of such effective date, the Participant shall vest in all of the Restricted Shares to the extent that the Restricted Shares are then outstanding (i.e. those Restricted Shares under this Award Agreement which have not already vested, expired or have been forfeited under the terms of this Award Agreement as of the effective date of the Change of Control).  For purposes of this Award Agreement, a “Business Relationship” means an employment or other business relationship with the Company or with an affiliate or subsidiary of the Company (i.e., any business organization controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the Company).

☐ Other

[Insert additional Special Terms, if any]

2

This Award Agreement is entered into pursuant to and subject to the terms of the Plan, the applicable terms of which are incorporated herein by reference.  This Award Agreement (inclusive of Parts I and II), any Exhibits to this Award Agreement and applicable terms of the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties, and all premises, representations, understandings, warranties and agreements with reference to the subject matter hereof have been expressed herein or in the documents incorporated herein by reference.

Participant	PAR Technology Corporation
By:	By:
Printed Name:	Printed Name:
Title:	Title:
Date:	Date

3

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

OUTSIDE DIRECTOR

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD & AGREEMENT

PART II

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD TERMS

1.Grant of Restricted Shares.  The Participant named in Part I of this Notice of Restricted Stock Award & Agreement (“Award Agreement”) has been granted the number of Restricted Shares set forth in Part I, subject to the applicable terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Company’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which terms and conditions are incorporated herein by reference.  In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

2.Stock Power.  Simultaneously with execution of this Award Agreement, the Participant shall execute the Stock Power attached hereto as Exhibit A.  Upon receipt of the executed Stock Power and full payment of the Purchase Price set forth in the Notice of Award, the Company shall issue and hold in escrow one or more certificates in the name of the Participant for that number of Restricted Shares purchased by the Participant, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Award Agreement.  While in escrow, the Participant shall not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, by operation of law or otherwise (collectively “transfer”), any of the Restricted Shares, or any interest therein.  As an alternative to issuing physical certificates, the Company may record ownership of the Restricted Shares, and the applicable restrictions, in book form (or in any other form of un-certificated ownership).

3.Vesting.  The Restricted Shares shall vest pursuant to those terms set forth in Part I of this Award Agreement.  Until vesting has been achieved, the Restricted Shares shall be referred to as Unvested Restricted Shares.  Upon vesting, the Restricted Shares shall be referred to as Vested Restricted Shares and shall be released from escrow.  However, certificates for Vested Restricted Shares shall bear the restrictive legends set forth in Section 15, below.

4. Forfeiture and Claw-Back.

(a)Forfeiture.  Unvested Restricted Shares shall be forfeited and subject to the Company’s Repurchase Rights described below upon the date the Participant ceases to have a Business Relationship with the Company, for any reason or no reason (the “Forfeiture Date”).  The foregoing notwithstanding, however, the Board of Directors, at its sole discretion, may waive such forfeiture, thereby allowing the Participant to retain the Unvested Restricted Shares, which would vest pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth herein.  In the event the Board of Directors does not waive such forfeiture, the Company shall repurchase (the “Repurchase Right”) from the Participant each of the Unvested Restricted Shares for the per share Purchase Price stated in the Notice of Award ($0.02 per share).  In no event shall the Repurchase Right obligate the Company to purchase from the Participant any Vested Shares.

4

(b)   Return/Claw-Back of Shares with Performance Vesting.  Restricted Shares (including both Unvested Restricted Shares and Vested Restricted Shares) which are subject to recovery under any law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement, will be subject to such deductions and claw-back as may be required to be made pursuant to such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement (or any policy adopted by the Company pursuant to any such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement).

(c) Exercise of Repurchase Right and Closing.

(i)The Company shall exercise the Repurchase Right described in this Section 4 by delivering or mailing to the Participant (or Participant’s estate) written notice of exercise within 30 days after the Forfeiture Date or such deduction/clawback period pursuant to any applicable law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement.

(ii)Within ten days after receipt of the Company’s notice of the exercise of the Repurchase Right described above, the Participant (or Participant’s estate or escrow agent) shall tender to the Company at its principal offices the certificate or certificates, if applicable, representing the Restricted Shares which the Company has elected to purchase, duly endorsed in blank by the Participant or with duly executed stock powers attached thereto, all in form suitable for the transfer of such Restricted Shares to the Company.  If ownership of the Restricted Shares is reflected in book form (or in any other form of un-certificated ownership), the Participant shall execute and provide any and all such documentation or other authorization suitable for the transfer of such Restricted Shares to the Company.

(iii)After the time at which any Restricted Shares are required to be delivered to the Company for transfer to the Company pursuant to subsection (ii) above, the Company shall not pay any dividend to the Participant on account of such Restricted Shares or permit the Participant to exercise any of the privileges or rights of a stockholder with respect to such Restricted Shares, but shall, insofar as permitted by law, treat the Company as the owner of such Restricted Shares.

(iv)The Company shall not purchase any fraction of a Restricted Share upon exercise of the Repurchase Right, and any fraction of a Restricted Share shall be rounded to the nearest whole Restricted Share (with any fraction greater than or equal to one-half (1/2) Restricted Share being rounded upward).

5

5.Restrictions on Transfers of Vested Restricted Shares.  Restricted Shares may be sold or transferred in accordance with Company trading policy as follows:

(a)Vested Restricted Shares may be sold or transferred in such number as the Company reasonably estimates will be sufficient to provide the Participants with enough after-tax cash to pay income taxes that become due as a result of the vesting of the Restricted Shares;

(b)Except as expressly provided in Section 5 (a) above, the Participant shall not, during service as a Director of the Company, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, by operation of law or otherwise (collectively “Transfer”), any of the Restricted Shares, whether unvested or vested, or any interest therein.

(c)☐           Other

[Company to insert additional Restrictions on Transfer, if any]

6.Company’s Right to Purchase Vested Restricted Shares.  For a period of one (1) year from the date Participant ceases to be a Director of Company for any or no reason, including but not limited to death, disability, retirement, or expiration of term, prior to disposition or transfer of any Vested Restricted Shares by the Participant or Executor of Participant’s estate (collectively referred to as the “Seller”), the Seller shall provide advance written notice of such intended disposition or transfer to the Company.  Such advance written notice shall be provided at least two (2) business days in advance of the intended disposition or transfer.  Following receipt of such notice the Company shall have two (2) business days during which it may elect to purchase the Vested Restricted Shares that the Seller intends to dispose of or transfer.  If the Company elects to purchase such Vested Restricted Shares, the Company shall provide the Seller with written notice of the Company’s election to purchase the Vested Restricted Shares and shall complete the purchase within five business days of the Company’s notice of its election.  The per share purchase price for the Vested Restricted Shares purchased by the Company shall equal the average of the closing prices for a share of the Company’s Common Stock on the five (5) trading days that immediately precede the date the purchase is completed.  The Seller shall tender to the Company at its principal offices the certificate(s) representing the Vested Restricted Shares which the Company has elected to purchase, duly endorsed in blank by the Seller or with duly executed stock powers attached thereto, all in form suitable for the transfer of such Vested Restricted Shares to the Company.  If ownership of the Vested Restricted Shares is reflected in book form (or in any other form of un-certificated ownership), the Seller shall execute and provide any and all such documentation or other authorization suitable for the transfer of such Vested Shares to the Company.

7.Adjustments for Stock Splits, Stock Dividends, etc.  If there is any stock split-up, stock dividend, stock distribution or other reclassification of the Common Stock of the Company, any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Participant is entitled by reason of ownership of the Restricted Shares shall be immediately subject to the restrictions on transfer and the other provisions of this Award Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Restricted Shares.  The Purchase Price shall be appropriately adjusted.

6

8.Market “Stand-Off” Agreement.  During the period of duration (not to exceed 180 days) specified by the Company and an underwriter of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Act, the Participant shall not, to the extent requested by the Company and such underwriter, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any securities of the Company held by the Participant at any time during such period except shares included in such registration; provided, however, that all officers and directors of the Company enter into similar agreements.  The market “stand-off” agreement established pursuant to this Section shall survive termination or expiration of this Award Agreement.

9.Transfers in Violation of Agreement.  If any transfer of the Restricted Shares is made or attempted contrary to the provisions of this Award Agreement, the Company shall have the right to purchase the Restricted Shares from the owner thereof or their transferee at any time before or after the transfer, as herein provided.  In the event that the Company elects to exercise its right under this Section, it may do so by canceling the certificate(s) representing the affected Restricted Shares and depositing the purchase price, which shall be the stated par value of each applicable share of Common Stock, in a bank account for the benefit of Participant, whereupon such shares shall be, for all purposes, canceled and neither the Participant nor any transferee shall have any rights as one of the Company’s stockholders with respect to such shares for any purpose, including without limitation dividend and voting rights.  In addition to any other legal or equitable remedies which it may have, the Company may enforce its rights by actions for specific performance (to the extent permitted by law).

10.   Restrictive Covenants.  In consideration for the grant of the Restricted Shares, Participant agrees to the restrictive covenants set forth in this Section 10.  If the Participant violates any of the restrictive covenants described in this Section 10, then in addition to any other legal and equitable remedies (including injunctive relief) that may be available to the Company, this Award Agreement shall immediately terminate and the Company shall have the right to repurchase (for the stated par value per share) any of the Restricted Shares whether or not such shares have vested.  The exercise of the Company’s right to repurchase shall be accomplished in the manner described in Section 4(c) of this Part II of the Award Agreement.

(a)Confidentiality.  Participant shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, disclose or use in any way, either during employment by the Company or thereafter, except to perform services as a director of the Company, any confidential business or technical information or trade secret acquired in the course of serving in such capacity that is not in the public domain.  Participant covenants to use best efforts to prevent the publication or disclosure of any trade secret or confidential information that is not in the public domain and that relates to the business or finances of the Company or the Company's affiliates, or any of its or their dealings, transactions or affairs which may come to her or his knowledge in the pursuance of her or his duties or employment.

7

(b)☐            Other

[Company to insert additional Restrictive Covenants, if any]

11.Investment and Tax Representations.  Participant represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

(a)Participant has had adequate opportunity to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit Participant to evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the Company.  The Participant acknowledges that certain of such information may be forward-looking and is therefore speculative and subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties and other factors which may cause the actual performance of the Company to be materially and adversely different from any performance expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.

(b)Participant has sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in an investment in Common Stock and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such investment.

(c)Participant can afford the complete loss of the value of the Exercised Shares and Restricted Shares and is able to bear the economic risk of holding such Exercised Shares and Restricted Shares for an indefinite period of time.

(d)Participant understands that (i) the Federal income tax consequences to the Participant of the purchase and sale of the shares of Common Stock will vary depending upon (among other things) whether the Participant makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), (ii) the Participant understands that the Company is not providing the Participant with any advice as to whether to make such election, (iii) the Participant has been advised to seek, and has sought, the counsel of her or his own tax advisor as to whether, where and how to make such election, (iv) such election, if made, must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days of the date of this Award Agreement, and (v) the Participant must notify the Company upon making such election.  A sample election form is provided in Exhibit B.

12. Withholding Taxes.

(a)Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company has the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to the Participant any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the purchase of, and the vesting in, the Restricted Shares by the Participant.

(b)If Participant elects, in accordance with Section 83(b) of the Code to recognize ordinary income in the year of acquisition of the Restricted Shares, the Company will require at the time of such election an additional payment for withholding tax purposes based on the difference, if any, between the purchase price for such Restricted Shares and the Fair Market Value of such Restricted Shares as of the date of the purchase of such Restricted Shares by the Participant.

8

13.No Rights to Business Relationship.  Nothing contained in this Award Agreement shall be construed as giving the Participant any right to continue the Business Relationship with the Company.

14.Waiver; Disposition of Stock.  From time to time the Company may waive its rights hereunder either generally or with respect to one or more specific transfers which have been proposed, attempted or made.  All action to be taken by the Company hereunder shall be taken by vote of a majority of its disinterested members of the Board of Directors then in office.  Any Restricted Shares which the Company has elected to purchase hereunder may be disposed of by the Board of Directors in such manner as it deems appropriate, with or without further restrictions upon the transfer thereof.

15.Restrictive Legends.  All certificates representing Restricted Shares shall have affixed thereto legends in substantially the following form:

“The securities evidenced by this Certificate are subject to restrictions on transfer and an option to purchase set forth in a certain Restricted Stock Agreement between the corporation and the registered owner of this certificate (or his predecessor in interest), and such Agreement is available for inspection without charge at the office of the Secretary of the Corporation.”

16.Acknowledgments by Participant.  Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and further acknowledges that s/he has been advised, and that Participant understands, that:

(a)the grant of the Restricted Shares, and the issuance of any shares pursuant to this Award Agreement, may be subject to, or may become subject to, applicable reporting, disclosure and holding period restrictions imposed by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Section 16”); and

(b)shares acquired could be subject to Section 16(a) reporting requirements as well as the short swing trading prohibition contained in Section 16(b) which precludes any profit taking with respect to any stock transactions which occur within any six-month period.

17.Successors and Assigns; Assignment.  This Award Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their heirs, representatives, successors and assigns.  The Company may assign its rights hereunder either generally or from time to time.

18.Notices.  All notices to a party hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been adequately given if delivered in person or if given by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid at such address as either party may from time to time designate for itself by notice in writing given to the other party.

9

19.Term and Termination.  This Award Agreement shall remain in effect until all Repurchase Rights contained in this Award Agreement have expired.

20.Amendments.  This Award Agreement may be amended or modified in whole or in part only by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the Participant.

21.Applicable Law; Severability.  This Award Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with Delaware law excluding its conflict of law provisions.  Wherever possible, each provision of this Award Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision hereof shall be prohibited by or invalid under any such law, that provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating or nullifying the remainder of that provision or any other provisions of this Award Agreement.

10

EXHIBIT A

IRREVOCABLE STOCK POWER

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned does hereby sell, assign and transfer to PAR Technology Corporation

__________ shares of the common stock of PAR Technology Corporation represented by Certificate(s) No(s) _____________ inclusive, standing in the name of the undersigned on the books of said Company.

The undersigned does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ___________________attorney to transfer the said stock, as the case may be, on the books of said Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:	(x)
	PERSON EXECUTING THIS POWER SIGN HERE

IMPORTANT  -  READ CAREFULLY
The signature(s) to this Power must correspond with the name(s) as written upon the face of the certificate(s) in every particular without alternation or enlargement or any change whatever.
	IMPRINT SIGNATURE MEDALLION HERE

11

EXHIBIT B

Election under Section 83(b) on Behalf of Taxpayer

(Soft copy available upon request)

The undersigned Taxpayer hereby elects under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Section 1.83-2(a) of the Income Tax Regulations, to include in his gross income the excess of the Fair Market Value of the property described below over the amount paid therefor by the Taxpayer.  In compliance with Reg. § 1.83-2(e) the Taxpayer provides the following information:

1. The Taxpayer’s name, address and taxpayer identification number are as follows:

Name:

Address:

Taxpayer identification number:

2. The property with respect to which this election is being made is:  _________________ shares of common stock of PAR Technology Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), $0.02 par value per share (the “Shares”).

3. The date of the transfer of the Shares is _________, 20___.  This election is made for the taxable year of the Taxpayer ending December 31, 20____.

4. The nature of the restrictions to which the Shares are subject is as follows:

5. The Fair Market Value of such Shares at the time of transfer to the Taxpayer, determined without regard to any lapse restrictions as defined in Reg. § 1.83-3(i), is ____________ per share.

6. The amount paid for the Shares is $0.02 per share.

7. A copy of this election has been furnished by personal delivery to the Company.

The date of this election is ___, 20__.

____________________________

Taxpayer

12

EX-10.23

Exhibit 10.23

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF AWARD & AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Company’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Notice of Award and the attached Award Terms, which are incorporated herein by reference (together, the “Award Agreement”).

Stock options and/or restricted stock awarded to the Participant, and the vesting conditions applicable to each, are described in Part I of this Award Agreement.  The terms and conditions applicable only to stock option awards are described in Part II of this Award Agreement.  The terms and conditions applicable only to restricted stock awards are described in Part III of this Award Agreement.  The terms and conditions that apply to both stock option awards and restricted stock awards are described in Part IV of this Award Agreement.

Date of Grant by the Board of Directors:

Participant (the “Participant”):

Name:

Address:

PART I

STOCK OPTION AND/OR RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD

Stock Option Grant

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

“Effective Date” of Grant	Total Exercise Price
Exercise Price per Share	Type of Option
Total “Option Shares” Granted	Option Expiration Date

1

Option Vesting Schedule

Subject to any additional vesting conditions described below, this Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

Months (or years) of Service Following Effective Date of Grant % of Grant (or # of Shares) Exercisable

Additional Stock Option Vesting Conditions

[Insert additional vesting conditions, if any]

Restricted Stock Grant

The undersigned Participant has been granted the right to purchase, and has agreed to purchase, ___________ “Restricted Shares” of the Company’s Common Stock at a purchase price of $0.02 per share.  The aggregate purchase price for the Restricted Shares is __________ Dollars ($_______) (the “Purchase Price”), which shall be paid by the Participant.  The Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Participant’s right to retain such Restricted Shares is subject to the vesting, forfeiture, and other terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and in this Award Agreement.

Restricted Stock Vesting Schedule

Subject to any additional vesting conditions described below, the Restricted Shares shall become vested, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

Months (or years) of Service Following Effective Date of Grant % of Grant (or # of Shares) Vested

Additional Restricted Stock Vesting Conditions

[Insert additional vesting conditions, if any]

2

SPECIAL TERMS:[Company to mark all that apply]

☐ Change of Control

As an exception to the vesting schedules and vesting conditions described above, but subject to the applicable limitations imposed by the Plan, if a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan) occurs in connection with the Company (or the Company’s business unit by whom the Stockholder is employed) prior to the vesting of ___________ Options or Restricted Shares granted pursuant to this Award Agreement, and if the Participant maintains a continuous Business Relationship with the Company (or employee of the relevant business unit, as the case may be) through the effective date of the Change of Control, then, as of such effective date, the Participant shall vest in the right to exercise ___________ Options and shall vest in ________of the Restricted Shares to the extent that the Option and the Restricted Shares are then outstanding (i.e. those Options and Restricted Shares under this Award Agreement which have not already vested, expired or have been forfeited under the terms of this Award Agreement as of the effective date of the Change of Control).  For purposes of this Award Agreement, a “Business Relationship” means an employment or other business relationship with the Company or with an affiliate or subsidiary of the Company (i.e., any business organization controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the Company).

☐Restrictions on Transfers of Exercised Shares or Vested Restricted Shares.  Exercised Shares or Vested Restricted Shares may be sold or transferred in accordance with Company trading policy as follows:

(a)Exercised Shares may be sold or transferred in such number as the Company reasonably estimates will be sufficient to provide the Participants with enough after-tax cash to pay the exercise price and related broker commission, as well as the income and employment taxes that become due as a result of the exercise of the Option;

(b)fifty percent (50%) of the Exercised Shares that remain after the sale or transfer described in (a) above may be sold or transferred at the Participant’s discretion; and

(c)fifty percent (50%) of the Exercised Shares that remain after the sale or transfer described in (a) must be held by the Participant until such time as the Participant owns (free of restrictions) shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value at least equal to 200 percent of the Participant’s annualized base salary; any excess may be sold or transferred at the Participant’s discretion.

3

☐Company’s Right to Purchase Exercised Shares/Vested Restricted Shares.

Any conflicting provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, prior to the Participant’s intended disposition or transfer of any Exercised Shares or Vested Restricted Shares (the “Shares”) that are no longer subject to any holding periods described in this Agreement, the Participant shall provide advance written notice of such intended disposition or transfer to the Company.  Such advance written notice shall be provided at least 2 business days in advance of the intended disposition or transfer.  The Company shall have such period to elect to purchase the Shares that the Participant intends to dispose of or transfer and provide written notice of such election.  If the Company elects to purchase such Shares, the Company shall complete the purchase within five business days of the Company’s notice of its election.  The per share purchase price for the Exercised Shares purchased by the Company shall equal the average of the high and low of the price on the stated day of the intended sale in the Participant’s notice.  The Participant (or his estate or escrow agent) shall tender to the Company at its principal offices the certificate or certificates, if applicable, representing the Shares which the Company has elected to purchase, duly endorsed in blank by the Participant or with duly executed stock powers attached thereto, all in form suitable for the transfer of such Exercised Shares to the Company.  If ownership of the Shares is reflected in book form (or in any other form of un-certificated ownership), the Participant shall execute and provide any and all such documentation or other authorization suitable for the transfer of such Shares to the Company.

☐Other

[Insert additional Special Terms, if any]

This Award Agreement is entered into pursuant to and subject to the terms of the Plan, the applicable terms of which are incorporated herein by reference.  This Award Agreement (inclusive of Parts I through IV), any Exhibits to this Award Agreement and applicable terms of the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties, and all premises, representations, understandings, warranties and agreements with reference to the subject matter hereof have been expressed herein or in the documents incorporated herein by reference.

Participant	PAR Technology Corporation
By:	By:
Printed Name:	Printed Name:
Title:	Title:
Date:	Date:

4

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF AWARD

PART II

STOCK OPTION AWARD TERMS

1.Grant of Option.  The Participant named in the Notice of Award has been granted an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock set forth in the Notice of Award, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Award (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which is incorporated herein by reference.  In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Award as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.  Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 limitation rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Non-statutory Stock Option ("NSO").

2. Exercise of Option.

(a)Right to Exercise.  This Option may be exercised during its term in accordance with the vesting conditions set out in the Notice of Award and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement.

(b)Method of Exercise.  This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company.  The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares.  This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by either (i) payment of the aggregate Exercise Price, or (ii) such permitted directions or other means to satisfy the aggregate Exercise Price

No shares of Common Stock shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with applicable laws.  Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the shares of Common Stock shall be considered transferred to the Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such shares.

5

3.Termination. To the extent then vested, this Option shall be exercisable for 90 days after the date that the Participant’s Business Relationship with the Company ends; provided, however, if the Participant’s Business Relationship with the Company ends “for Cause” (as defined in the Plan), this Option shall immediately terminate.  If the Participant’s Business Relationship with the Company ends as a result of the Participant's death, disability or retirement, this Option may be exercised until the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the date the Business Relationship ends, or (ii) the expiration of the Term as described in Section 6 below.  However, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date specified in the Notice of Award.

4.Restrictions on Exercise.  This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of such shares of Common Stock upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable law, including without limitation securities laws or the Company’s Insider Trading Policy.

5.Non-Transferability of Option.  This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.  The terms of the Plan and this Award Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, heirs, successors and assigns of the Participant.

6.Term of Option.  This Option may be exercised only within the Term set out in the Notice of Award which Term may not exceed ten years from the Date of Grant, and may be exercised during such Term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Award Agreement.

7.Return of Exercised Shares and Excess Profits.  This Option and any Exercised Shares which are subject to recovery under any law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement, will be subject to such deductions and claw-back as may be required to be made pursuant to such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement (or any policy adopted by the Company pursuant to any such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement).

6

EXHIBIT A

2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

PAR Technology Corporation

8383 Seneca Turnpike

New Hartford, NY 13413

Attention:  President

1. Exercise of Option.  Effective as of today, ______________, 20__, the undersigned ("Participant") hereby elects to exercise Participant's option to purchase _________ shares of the Common Stock (the "Shares") of PAR Technology Corporation (the "Company") under and pursuant to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan") and the Stock Option Award Agreement dated  ____________, 20__ (the "Award Agreement").

2. Delivery of Payment.  Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Award Agreement.

3. Representations of Participant.  Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Award Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder.  Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Shares shall be issued to the Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised.  No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan.

5. Tax Consultation.  Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant's purchase or disposition of the Shares.  Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

6. Interpretation.  Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Notice, the Plan or the Award Agreement shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Company’s Compensation Committee which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting.  The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on all parties.

7

7. Governing Law; Severability.  This Notice, the Plan and the Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Delaware excluding its conflict of law provisions.

Submitted by:	Accepted by:
PARTICIPANT	PAR Technology Corporation
Signature	By
Print Name	Title
Address:	Address:
	8383 Seneca Turnpike
	New Hartford, NY 13413
	Date Received

8

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF AWARD

PART III

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD TERMS

1.Grant of Restricted Shares.  The Participant named in the attached Notice of Award has been granted the number of Restricted Shares set forth in the Notice of Award, subject to the applicable terms and conditions set forth in the Company’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which terms and conditions are incorporated herein by reference.  In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

2.Stock Power.  Simultaneously with execution of this Award Agreement, the Participant shall execute the Stock Power attached hereto as Exhibit B.  Upon receipt of the executed Stock Power and full payment of the Purchase Price set forth in the Notice of Award, the Company shall issue and hold in escrow one or more certificates in the name of the Participant for that number of Restricted Shares purchased by the Participant, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Award Agreement.  While in escrow, the Participant shall not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, by operation of law or otherwise (collectively “transfer”), any of the Restricted Shares, or any interest therein.  As an alternative to issuing physical certificates, the Company may record ownership of the Restricted Shares, and the applicable restrictions, in book form (or in any other form of un-certificated ownership).

3.Vesting.  The Restricted Shares shall vest pursuant to those terms set forth in the Notice of Award.  Until vesting has been achieved, the Restricted Shares shall be referred to as Unvested Restricted Shares.  Upon vesting, the Restricted Shares shall be referred to as Vested Restricted Shares and shall be released from escrow.  However, certificates for Vested Restricted Shares shall bear a restrictive legend that indicates, among other things, that the Vested Restricted Shares are subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Award Agreement.

4. Forfeiture and Claw-Back.

(a)Forfeiture.  Unvested Restricted Shares shall be forfeited and subject to the Company’s Repurchase Rights described below upon the earlier of (i) the date the Participant ceases to have a Business Relationship with the Company, for any reason or no reason, or (ii) the date of expiration of the vesting and/or measurement period for any performance vesting triggers (including the associated catch-up provisions, if any) specified in the Notice of Award (“Forfeiture Date”).  In the event of a forfeiture, the Company shall repurchase (the “Repurchase Right”) from the Participant each of the Unvested Restricted Shares for the per share Purchase Price stated in the Notice of Award ($0.02 per share).  In no event shall the Repurchase Right obligate the Company to purchase from the Participant any Vested Shares.

9

(b)Termination for Cause.  In addition to the Repurchase Right described in 4(a) above, in the event the Business Relationship between the Participant and the Company is terminated by the Company “for Cause” (as defined in the Plan), all of the Participant’s rights and benefits under this Award Agreement shall immediately terminate.

(c)Return/Claw-Back of Shares with Performance Vesting.  Restricted Shares (including both Unvested Restricted Shares and Vested Restricted Shares) which are subject to recovery under any law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement, will be subject to such deductions and claw-back as may be required to be made pursuant to such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement (or any policy adopted by the Company pursuant to any such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement).

(d) Exercise of Repurchase Right and Closing.

(i)The Company shall exercise the Repurchase Right described in this Section 4 by delivering or mailing to the Participant (or Participant’s estate) written notice of exercise within 30 days after the Forfeiture Date or the date the Business Relationship between the Participant and the Company is terminated by the Company “for Cause” or such deduction/claw-back period pursuant to any applicable law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement.

(ii)Within ten days after receipt of the Company’s notice of the exercise of the Repurchase Right described above, the Participant (or Participant’s estate or escrow agent) shall tender to the Company at its principal offices the certificate or certificates, if applicable, representing the Restricted Shares which the Company has elected to purchase, duly endorsed in blank by the Participant or with duly executed stock powers attached thereto, all in form suitable for the transfer of such Restricted Shares to the Company.  If ownership of the Restricted Shares is reflected in book form (or in any other form of un-certificated ownership), the Participant shall execute and provide any and all such documentation or other authorization suitable for the transfer of such Restricted Shares to the Company.

(iii)After the time at which any Restricted Shares are required to be delivered to the Company for transfer to the Company pursuant to subsection (ii) above, the Company shall not pay any dividend to the Participant on account of such Restricted Shares or permit the Participant to exercise any of the privileges or rights of a stockholder with respect to such Restricted Shares, but shall, insofar as permitted by law, treat the Company as the owner of such Restricted Shares.

(iv)The Company shall not purchase any fraction of a Restricted Share upon exercise of the Repurchase Right, and any fraction of a Restricted Share shall be rounded to the nearest whole Restricted Share (with any fraction greater than or equal to one-half (1/2) Restricted Share being rounded upward).

10

EXHIBIT B

IRREVOCABLE STOCK POWER

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned does hereby sell, assign and transfer to PAR Technology Corporation

__________ shares of the common stock of PAR Technology Corporation represented by Certificate(s) No(s) _____________ inclusive, standing in the name of the undersigned on the books of said Company.

The undersigned does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ________attorney to transfer the said stock, as the case may be, on the books of said Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:	(x)
		PERSON EXECUTING THIS POWER SIGN HERE

IMPORTANT  -  READ CAREFULLY
The signature(s) to this Power must correspond with the name(s) as written upon the face of the certificate(s) in every particular without alternation or enlargement or any change whatever.
	IMPRINT SIGNATURE MEDALLION HERE

11

EXHIBIT C

Election under Section 83(b) on Behalf of Taxpayer

(Soft copy available upon request)

The undersigned Taxpayer hereby elects under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Section 1.83-2(a) of the Income Tax Regulations, to include in his gross income the excess of the Fair Market Value of the property described below over the amount paid therefor by the Taxpayer.  In compliance with Reg. § 1.83-2(e) the Taxpayer provides the following information:

1. The Taxpayer’s name, address and taxpayer identification number are as follows:

Name:

Address:

Taxpayer identification number:

2. The property with respect to which this election is being made is:  _________________ shares of common stock of PAR Technology Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), $0.02 par value per share (the “Shares”).

3. The date of the transfer of the Shares is _________, 20___.  This election is made for the taxable year of the Taxpayer ending December 31, 20____.

4. The nature of the restrictions to which the Shares are subject is as follows:

5. The Fair Market Value of such Shares at the time of transfer to the Taxpayer, determined without regard to any lapse restrictions as defined in Reg. § 1.83-3(i), is ____________ per share.

6. The amount paid for the Shares is $0.02 per share.

7. A copy of this election has been furnished by personal delivery to the Company.

The date of this election is ___, 20__.

_________________

Taxpayer

12

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF AWARD

PART IV

GENERAL AWARD TERMS

1.Adjustments for Stock Splits, Stock Dividends, etc.  If there is any stock split-up, stock dividend, stock distribution or other reclassification of the Common Stock of the Company, any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Participant is entitled by reason of his or her ownership of the Option and/or Restricted Shares shall be immediately subject to the restrictions on transfer and the other provisions of this Award Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Option and Restricted Shares.  The Exercise Price and Purchase Price shall be appropriately adjusted.

2.Market “Stand-Off” Agreement.  During the period of duration (not to exceed 180 days) specified by the Company and an underwriter of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Act, the Participant shall not, to the extent requested by the Company and such underwriter, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any securities of the Company held by the Participant at any time during such period except shares included in such registration; provided, however, that all officers and directors of the Company enter into similar agreements.  The market “stand-off” agreement established pursuant to this Section shall survive termination or expiration of this Award Agreement.

3.Transfers in Violation of Agreement.  If any transfer of the Option, Exercised Shares or Restricted Shares is made or attempted contrary to the provisions of this Award Agreement, the Company shall have the right to purchase the Exercised Shares and Restricted Shares from the owner thereof or his transferee at any time before or after the transfer, as herein provided.  In the event that the Company elects to exercise its right under this Section, it may do so by canceling the certificate(s) representing the affected Exercised Shares and Restricted Shares and depositing the purchase price, which shall be the stated par value of each applicable share of Common Stock, in a bank account for the benefit of Participant, whereupon such shares shall be, for all purposes, canceled and neither the Participant nor any transferee shall have any rights as one of the Company’s stockholders with respect to such shares for any purpose, including without limitation dividend and voting rights.  In addition to any other legal or equitable remedies which it may have, the Company may enforce its rights by actions for specific performance (to the extent permitted by law).

4.Restrictive Covenants.  In consideration for the grant of the Option and/or Restricted Shares, Participant agrees to the restrictive covenants set forth in this Section 4.  If the Participant violates any of the restrictive covenants described in this Section 4, then in addition to any other legal and equitable remedies (including injunctive relief) that may be available to the Company, this Award Agreement shall immediately terminate and the Company shall have the right to repurchase (for the stated par value per share) any of the Exercised Shares and any of the Restricted Shares whether or not such shares have vested.  The exercise of the Company’s right to repurchase shall be accomplished in the manner described in Section 4 of Part III of this Award Agreement.

13

(a)Confidentiality.  Participant agrees that s/he shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, disclose or use in any way, either during employment by the Company or thereafter, except to perform services as an employee or director of the Company, any confidential business or technical information or trade secret acquired in the course of employment by the Company that is not in the public domain.  Participant covenants to use her or his best efforts to prevent the publication or disclosure of any trade secret or confidential information that is not in the public domain and that relates to the business or finances of the Company or the Company's affiliates, or any of its or their dealings, transactions or affairs which may come to her or his knowledge in the pursuance of her or his duties or employment.

(b) Non-Solicitation.

(i)Solicitation of Employees.     Participant agrees that, both while employed by the Company or an affiliate and for one year afterward, Participant  will not solicit or attempt to solicit any employee of the Company  or an affiliate to leave his or her employment  or to violate the terms of any agreement  or understanding  that employee  may have with the Company or an affiliate. The foregoing obligations apply to both the Participant's direct and indirect actions, and apply to actions intended to benefit Participant or any other person, business or entity.

(ii)Solicitation of Customers.Participant agrees that, for one year after termination of employment with the Company or an affiliate, Participant will not participate in any solicitation of any customer or prospective customer of the Company or an affiliate concerning any business that:

(A)involves  the same  programs or projects for that customer in which Participant was personally and substantially involved during the 12 months prior to termination of employment; or

(B)has been, at any time during the 12 months prior to termination of employment, the subject of any bid, offer or proposal activity by the Company or an affiliate in respect of that customer or prospective customer, or any negotiations or discussions about the possible performance of services by the Company or an affiliate to that customer  or potential customer, in which Participant was personally and substantially involved.

In the case of a governmental, regulatory or administrative agency, commission, department or other governmental authority, the customer or prospective customer will be determined by reference to the specific program offices or activities for which the Company or an affiliate provides (or may reasonably provide) goods or services.

14

(iii)Remedies.  Participant acknowledges and agrees that a breach of any of the promises or agreements contained in this Section 4.b. will result in immediate, irreparable and continuing damage to the Company for which there is no adequate remedy at law, and the Company or an affiliate will be entitled to injunctive relief, a decree for specific performance, and other relief as may be proper, including money damages.

(d)Non-Recruitment.  While Participant is employed by the Company, and for a period of one year after employment with the Company ends for any reason, Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit, recruit or hire, or in any manner assist in the hiring, solicitation or recruitment, of any individual who is or was an employee of the Company, or who otherwise provided services to the Company, within 24 months prior to the termination of Participant’s employment with the Company.

5.Investment and Tax Representations.  The Participant represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

(a)Participant has had such opportunity as s/he has deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit her/him to evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the Company.  The Participant acknowledges that certain of such information may be forward-looking and is therefore speculative and subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties and other factors which may cause the actual performance of the Company to be materially and adversely different from any performance expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.

(b)Participant has sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in an investment in Common Stock and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such investment.

(c)Participant can afford the complete loss of the value of the Exercised Shares and Restricted Shares and is able to bear the economic risk of holding such Exercised Shares and Restricted Shares for an indefinite period of time.

(d)Participant understands that (i) the Federal income tax consequences to the Participant of the purchase and sale of the shares of Common Stock will vary depending upon (among other things) whether the Participant makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), (ii) the Participant understands that the Company is not providing the Participant with any advice as to whether to make such election, (iii) the Participant has been advised to seek, and has sought, the counsel of her or his own tax advisor as to whether, where and how to make such election, (iv) such election, if made, must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days of the date of this Award Agreement, and (v) the Participant must notify the Company upon making such election.  A sample election form is provided in Exhibit B.

15

6. Withholding Taxes.

(a)The Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company has the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to the Participant any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the exercise of the Option and the purchase of, and the vesting in, the Restricted Shares by the Participant.

(b)If the Participant elects, in accordance with Section 83(b) of the Code to recognize ordinary income in the year of acquisition of the Restricted Shares, the Company will require at the time of such election an additional payment for withholding tax purposes based on the difference, if any, between the purchase price for such Restricted Shares and the Fair Market Value of such Restricted Shares as of the date of the purchase of such Restricted Shares by the Participant.

7.No Rights to Business Relationship.  Nothing contained in this Award Agreement shall be construed as giving the Participant any right to continue his or her Business Relationship with the Company.

8.Waiver; Disposition of Stock.  From time to time the Company may waive its rights hereunder either generally or with respect to one or more specific transfers which have been proposed, attempted or made.  All action to be taken by the Company hereunder shall be taken by vote of a majority of its independent members of the Board of Directors then in office.  Any Exercised Shares or Restricted Shares which the Company has elected to purchase hereunder may be disposed of by the Board of Directors in such manner as it deems appropriate, with or without further restrictions upon the transfer thereof.

9.Restrictive Legends.  All certificates representing Restricted Shares shall have affixed thereto legends in substantially the following form:

“The shares of stock represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on transfer and an option to purchase set forth in a certain Award Agreement between the Corporation and the registered owner of this certificate (or such owner’s predecessor in interest), and such agreement is available for inspection without charge at the office of the Secretary of the Corporation.”

10.Acknowledgments by Participant.  Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and further acknowledges that s/he has been advised, and that Participant understands, that:

(a)the grant of the Option and Restricted Shares, and the issuance of any shares pursuant to this Award Agreement, may be subject to, or may become subject to, applicable reporting, disclosure and holding period restrictions imposed by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Section 16”); and

16

(b)shares acquired could be subject to Section 16(a) reporting requirements as well as the short swing trading prohibition contained in Section 16(b) which precludes any profit taking with respect to any stock transactions which occur within any six-month period.

11.Successors and Assigns; Assignment.  This Award Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their heirs, representatives, successors and assigns.  The Company may assign its rights hereunder either generally or from time to time.

12.Notices.  All notices to a party hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been adequately given if delivered in person or if given by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid at such address as either party may from time to time designate for itself by notice in writing given to the other party.

13.Term and Termination.  This Award Agreement shall remain in effect until all repurchase rights contained in this Award Agreement have expired.

14.Amendments.  This Award Agreement may be amended or modified in whole or in part only by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the Participant.

15.Applicable Law; Severability.  This Award Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with Delaware law excluding its conflict of law provisions.  Wherever possible, each provision of this Award Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision hereof shall be prohibited by or invalid under any such law, that provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating or nullifying the remainder of that provision or any other provisions of this Award Agreement.

17

EX-10.24

Exhibit 10.24

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT MARKED WITH ASTERISKS

[Execution Version]

SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

AND OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS

This SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (this “Amendment”), dated as of March 19, 2015, is entered into by and among PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, AUSABLE SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation, PAR GOVERNMENT SYSTEMS CORPORATION, a New York corporation, PAR SPRINGER-MILLER SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation, ROME RESEARCH CORPORATION, a New York corporation, SPRINGER-MILLER INTERNATIONAL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, PARTECH, INC., a New York corporation, and BRINK SOFTWARE, INC., a California corporation (individually and collectively, jointly and severally, the “Borrowers” or the “Loan Parties”) and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (“Lender”).

BACKGROUND

Lender and the Loan Parties are parties to a certain Credit Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2014, as amended as of the date hereof (as the same may be further amended, modified, extended or restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) pursuant to which Lender has agreed to make certain financial accommodations available to Loan Parties from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof.

The Loan Parties have requested that Lender agree to amend the Credit Agreement and certain other Loan Documents, and Lender has agreed to amend the Credit Agreement and such other Loan Documents subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each party hereby agrees as follows:

1.Amendments to Credit Agreement. As of the effective date of this Amendment, the Credit Agreement is amended as follows:

(a)Section 1.01 - Additional Definitions.  Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is amended by adding the following new definitions, in alphabetical order, to read in their entirety as follows:

“Amendment No. 2” shall mean that certain Second Amendment to Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents, dated March 19 2015, by and among Borrowers and Lender.

“Initial FCCR Compliance Date” shall mean, commencing with the calendar month ending June 30, 2016 and for each monthly period thereafter, Borrowers have delivered a Compliance Certificate demonstrating compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.13(a).

1

(b)Section 1.01 - Amended Definition.  The definition of “Trigger Period” appearing in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Trigger Period” means the period beginning on the effective date of Amendment No. 2 through and including the Initial FCCR Compliance Date and any period (a) during which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (b) commencing when Availability is less than the greater of $4,500,000 and 18% of the Revolving Commitment and ending when Availability for thirty (30) consecutive days has been greater than the greater of $4,500,000 and 18% of the Revolving Commitment.

(c)Section 4.02(c) - Each Credit Event.  Subsection (c) of Section 4.02 of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(c)Until the Initial FCCR Compliance Date, after giving effect to any Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit, Borrowers shall be in compliance with Section 6.13(c) and, from and after the Initial FCCR Compliance Date, Availability shall not be less than $0.

(d)Section 5.01(h) - Weekly Reporting for Restaurant Division.  Subsection (h) of Section 5.01 of the Credit Agreement is amended by deleting the final paragraph appearing immediately after sub-clause (v) thereof (beginning with “provided, that, during a Trigger Period…” and ending with “…due monthly as set forth above.”) and substituting the following therefor:

provided, that, during a Trigger Period occurring under clause (a) or (b) of the definition thereof, all such Borrowing Base Certificates, agings, schedules, worksheets, reconciliations and other reports and information required to be delivered under this clause (h) shall be due within two (2) Business Days after the end of each calendar week; except, that, all worksheets, reconciliations and reports relating to Inventory shall continue to be due monthly as set forth above; and, provided further, that, from and after the effective date of Amendment No. 2 and continuing until the Initial FCCR Compliance Date, all such agings, schedules, worksheets, reconciliations and other reports and information required to be delivered under this clause (h), which pertain to Borrowers’ Accounts arising from, or relating to, Borrowers’ restaurant division and/or restaurant operations, shall be due within two (2) Business Days after the end of each calendar week.

2

(e)Section 5.06 - Books and Records; Inspection Rights.  Section 5.06 of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

SECTION 5.06.  Books and Records; Inspection Rights.  Each Loan Party will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, (i) keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and (ii) permit any representatives designated by the Lender (including employees of the Lender, or any consultants, accountants, lawyers, agents and appraisers retained by the Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to conduct at the Loan Party’s premises, field examinations of the Loan Party’s assets, liabilities, books and records, including examining and making extracts from its books and records, environmental assessment reports and Phase I or Phase II studies, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested; provided, that, (A) from and after the effective date of Amendment No. 2 and continuing until the Initial FCCR Compliance Date and so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred, the Lender shall conduct no more than three (3) such field examinations per year at the Loan Parties’ expense, (B) from and after the Initial FCCR Compliance Date and so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred, the Lender shall conduct no more than two (2) such field examinations per year at the Loan Parties’ expense, and (C) from and after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, there shall be no limitation on the number or frequency of such field examinations at the Loan Parties’ sole cost and expense.  The Loan Parties acknowledge that the Lender, after exercising its rights of inspection, may prepare certain Reports pertaining to the Loan Parties’ assets for internal use by the Lender.

(f)Section 6.13 – Financial Covenants.  Section 6.13 of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

SECTION 6.13.  Financial Covenants.

(a)Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.  The Borrowers will not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as of the end of any calendar month, commencing with the calendar month ending June 30, 2016, to be less than 1.1 to 1.0.

(b)Minimum EBITDA.  The Borrowers shall have, at the end of each calendar quarter set forth below, EBITDA for the 12-month period then ended of not less than the following:

Quarter Ending EBITDA

September 30, 2014 ****

December 31, 2014 ****

March 31, 2015 ****

June 30, 2015 ****

September 30, 2015 ****

December 31, 2015 ****

March 31, 2016 ****

3

(c)Minimum Availability.  Borrowers will maintain Availability as described below:

(i) beginning with the effective date of Amendment No. 2 and continuing until the close of business on April 3, 2015, Borrowers will not permit Availability (calculated as of the end of each Business Day) to be less than $2,500,000 for five (5) or more consecutive Business Days; and

(ii) beginning April 4, 2015 until the Initial FCCR Compliance Date, Borrowers will not permit Availability (calculated as of the end of each Business Day) to be less than: (A) $4,000,000 for three (3) or more consecutive Business Days, and (B) $2,000,000 at any time.

2.Amendments to Loan Documents – Pledge and Security Agreement.  Exhibit B to that certain Pledge and Security Agreement, dated September 9, 2014, by and among Borrowers and Lender, is hereby amended and restated in its entirety and replaced with “Exhibit B” appearing on Annex 1 hereto.

3.Cash Dominion.  The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge that, as of the effective date of this Amendment, a Trigger Period has occurred and is continuing.  As a result,  Lender has elected to exercise dominion over the cash of the Loan Parties pursuant to the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents.   Specifically (but without limitation), Lender has elected to apply amounts deposited in the Collection Account in accordance with Section 2.09(b) of the Credit Agreement during a Trigger Period.  Lender may, from time to time, elect not to exercise certain other rights or remedies afforded to Lender during  a Trigger Period.  Lender’s election to not exercise any right or remedy afforded to Lender during a Trigger Period shall not be deemed a waiver of any such right or remedy and shall not limit, impair or otherwise affect the right of Lender to exercise, at any time, any such right or remedy during a Trigger Period.

4.Conditions Precedent.  This Amendment shall be effective as of the date the following conditions are satisfied: (a) Borrowers shall cause its affiliate, ParTech (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. (“Shanghai”), to issue a dividend to ParTech, Inc. in respect of the Equity Interest of Shanghai owned by ParTech, Inc. in an amount of not less than $4,295,704.00, the proceeds of which, shall be deposited in the Account represented by Account No: ****; (b) receipt by Lender of this Amendment, together with any other Loan Documents executed and delivered in connection herewith, in each instance, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion, and duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Loan Parties; and (c) Lender’s charging, as a Revolving Advance, of all fees, costs and other amounts payable by the Loan Parties to Lender pursuant to, or arising from, this Amendment, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Documents.

5. Provisions of General Application.

(a)This Amendment is a Loan Document.   The Credit Agreement, as supplemented hereby, shall remain in full force and effect. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same agreement.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Amendment.  Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Amendment by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver as original executed counterpart of this Amendment but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Amendment.

4

(b)The Loan Parties (a) acknowledge and agree that no right of offset, defense, counterclaim, claim or objection exists in favor of any Loan Party against Lender arising out of or with respect to the this Amendment, Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other arrangement or relationship between the Loan Parties and Lender, and (b) release, acquit, remise and forever discharge Lender and its affiliates and all of their past, present and future officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, representatives, successors and assigns from any and all claims, demands, actions and causes of action, whether at law or in equity and whether known or unknown, arising out of or with respect to this Amendment, the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other arrangement or relationship between the Loan Parties and Lender.

(c)All representations and warranties made in this Amendment or any other document furnished in connection with this Amendment shall survive the execution and delivery of this Amendment and the other documents, and no investigation by Lender or any closing shall affect the representations and warranties or the right of Lender to rely upon them.

(d)After giving effect to this Amendment, each of the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement is true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as if made on the date hereof (except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date) and no Default or Events of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under the Credit Agreement after giving effect to this Amendment.

6.THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[Signature pages follow]

5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
By:	/s/
Name:	Ronald J. Casciano
Title:	CEO & President
AUSABLE SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:	/s/
Name:	Ronald J. Casciano
Title:	Treasurer
PAR GOVERNMENT SYSTEMS CORPORATION
By:	/s/
Name:	Ronald J. Casciano
Title:	Treasurer
PAR SPRINGER-MILLER SYSTEMS, INC.
By:	/s/
Name:	Ronald J. Casciano
Title:	Treasurer
ROME RESEARCH CORPORATION
By:	/s/
Name:	Ronald J. Casciano
Title:	Treasurer

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents

6

SPRINGER-MILLER INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By:	/s/
Name:	Ronald J. Casciano
Title:	Treasurer
PARTECH, INC.
By:	/s/
Name:	Ronald J. Casciano
Title:	Treasurer
BRINK SOFTWARE, INC.
By:	/s/
Name:	Ronald J. Casciano
Title:	Treasurer

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
By:	/s/
Name:	Marie C. Duhamel
Title:	Authorized Officer

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents

EX-22

EXHIBIT 22

Subsidiaries of PAR Technology Corporation

Name	State of Incorporation
ParTech, Inc.	New York
PAR Government Systems Corporation	New York
Ausable Solutions, Inc.	Delaware

EX-23.1

 

EXHIBIT 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PAR Technology Corporation

New Hartford, New York

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-102197) and Form S-8 (Nos. 333-119828, 33-04968, 33-39784, 33-58110, 33-63095 and 333-137647) of PAR Technology Corporation of our report dated March 31, 2015, relating to the consolidated financial statements, which appear in this Form 10-K.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

New York, New York

March 31, 2015

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

STATEMENT OF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Ronald J. Casciano, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of PAR Technology Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2014;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)), and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluations; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability  to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 31, 2015	/s/ Ronald J. Casciano
	Ronald J. Casciano
	Chief Executive Officer & President

E-1

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

STATEMENT OF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Steven M. Malone, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of PAR Technology Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2014;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)), and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluations; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability  to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 31, 2015	/s/Steven M. Malone
	Steven M. Malone
	Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

E-2

EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

PAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of PAR Technology Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), we, Ronald J. Casciano, Chief Executive Officer & President and Steven M. Malone, Vice President, Controller & Chief Accounting Officer of the Company, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of our knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirement of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ Ronald J. Casciano

Ronald J. Casciano

Chief Executive Officer & President

March 31, 2015

/s/ Steven M. Malone

Steven M. Malone

Vice President, Controller & Chief Accounting Officer

March 31, 2015

E-3

XML

Debt (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Mar. 11, 2014
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Borrowing availability	$ 20,000,000	$ 20,000,000
Debt instrument term	3 years
Maximum borrowing availability	25,000,000	30,000,000
Bank's prime lending rate (in hundredths)	3.25%
Description of variable credit basis	LIBOR
Outstanding balance on line of credit	5,000,000
Line of credit facility interest rate (in hundredths)	2.19%
Weighted average interest rate (in hundredths)	2.64%
Mortgage	919,000
Maturity date	Nov. 01, 2019
Fixed interest percentage rate (in hundredths)	4.05%
Period considered for new rate	5 years
Debt instrument additional basis points to new rate (in hundredths)	2.25%
Annual mortgage payment	206,000
Future principal payments under the stock purchase agreement and its mortgage:
2015	3,173,000
2016	2,000,000
2017	188,000
2018	195,000
2019	183,000
Total	5,739,000
Brinks indebtedness [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Brinks note payable	5,000,000
Carry value of Brinks indebtedness	4,800,000
Brinks indebtedness [Member] | Tranche One [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Maturity date	Sep. 18, 2015
Debt repayment amounts	3,000,000
Brinks indebtedness [Member] | Tranche Two [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Maturity date	Sep. 18, 2016
Debt repayment amounts	$ 2,000,000
LIBOR [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Basis spread rate minimum (in hundredths)	1.50%
Basis spread rate maximum (in hundredths)	2.00%

XML

Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Details) (Contingent consideration liabilitiy [Member], USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014
Contingent consideration liabilitiy [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Balance at December 31, 2013	$ 0
New level 3 liability (contingent consideration liability)	5,040
Total gains (losses) reported in earnings	0
Transfers into or out of Level 3	0
Balance at December 31, 2014	$ 5,040

XML

Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Fair Value of Financial Instruments [Abstract]

Summary of changes in fair value of the Companys Level 3 assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis

The following table presents a summary of changes in fair value of the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):

	Level 3 Inputs
	Liabilities
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	-
New level 3 liability (contingent consideration liability)		5,040
Total gains (losses) reported in earnings		-
Transfers into or out of Level 3		-
Balance at December 31, 2014	$	5,040

XML

Acquisition (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Acquisition [Abstract]

Summarized of purchase price allocation

The total purchase price was allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company based on their fair values as of the closing date of the acquisition.  The excess of the purchase price over those fair values was recorded to goodwill.  The following table summarizes our allocation of purchase price (in thousands):

Accounts receivable	$	83
Inventories		116
Intangible assets		7,190
Goodwill		10,315
Other assets		90
Total assets acquired	$	17,794
Accounts payable	$	124
Other current liabilites		365
Deferred tax liabilities		2,445
Total liabilities assumed	$	2,934
Purchase price	$	14,860

Identifiable intangible assets acquired and estimated useful lives

The identifiable intangible assets acquired and their estimated useful lives (based on third party valuations) are as follows:

	Fair Value		Estimated Useful Life
Trade Name	$	400	Indefinite
Developed Technology		6,600	7 Years
Customer Relationships		160	7 Years
Non-Competition Agreements		30	7 Years
	$	7,190

Schedule of unaudited proforma information

On an unaudited proforma basis, assuming the completed acquisition has occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented, the consolidated results of the Company would have been as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Year ended December 31,
	2014			2013
Revenues	$	235,075		$	242,476
Net loss	$	(4,281	)	$	(779	)
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	(0.28	)	$	(0.05	)
Diluted	$	(0.28	)	$	(0.05	)

XML

Employee Benefit Plans (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Employee Benefit Plans [Abstract]
Matching contribution percentage (in hundredths)	10.00%
Matching contribution	$ 318	$ 299
Awards payable under incentive-compensation plan	$ 526	$ 620

XML

Inventories (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Component of inventory use in hospitality product [Abstract]
Finished Goods	$ 13,609	$ 12,033
Work in process	457	297
Component parts	3,748	3,558
Service parts	8,108	8,577
Inventory net	$ 25,922	$ 24,465

XML

Related Party Transactions (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Related Party Transactions [Abstract]
Monthly rental income from related parties	$ 9,775
Rental income received	$ 117,300	$ 117,300

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PAR Technology Corporation and its subsidiaries (ParTech, Inc., ParTech (Shanghai) Company Ltd., PAR Springer-Miller Systems, Inc., Springer-Miller Canada, ULC, PAR Canada ULC, PAR Government Systems Corporation, Rome Research Corporation, Brink Software, Inc. and PAR Logistics Management Systems Corporation), collectively referred to as the “Company.” All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

On Janurary 12, 2012, PAR Technology Corporation completed its sale of substantially all of the assets of the PAR Logistics Management Systems Corporation (LMS) to ORBCOMM Inc.  The results of operations of LMS fiscal year 2013 have been recorded as discontinued operations in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC:) 205-20. Presentation of Financial Statements - Discountiued Operations.  During the period ended December 31, 2014, the Company did not record any income or loss associated with its former LMS business. During the period ended December 31, 2013, the Compnay recorded agreed upon working capital adjustmenets that resulted in a net loss of $211,000.

Business combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations pursuant to ASC 805, Business Combinations, which requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at their respective fair values on the date of acquisition. The fair value of the consideration paid is assigned to the underlying net assets of the acquired business based on their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is allocated to goodwill (the “Acquisition Method”). The purchase price allocation process requires the Company to make significant assumptions and estimates in determining the purchase price and the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date. The Company’s assumptions and estimates are subject to refinement and, as a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company records adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon conclusion of the measurement period, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The Company’s consolidated financial statements and results of operations reflect an acquired business after the completion of the acquisition.

ContingentConsideration

The Company determines the acquisition date fair value of contingent consideration using a discounted cash flow method,with significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 fair value measurement as defined in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement.  The significant inputs in the Level 3 measurement not supported by market activity included the Company’s probability assessments of expected future cash flows related to the Company’s acquisition of Brink during the contingent consideration period, appropriately discounted considering the uncertainties associated with the obligation, and calculated in accordance with the terms of the definitive agreement.  The liabilities for the contingent consideration are established at the time of the acquisition and will be evaluated on a quarterly basis based on additional information as it becomes available.  Any change in the fair value adjustment is recorded in the earnings of that period.  Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration obligations may result from changes in probability assumptions with respect to the likelihood of achieving the various contingent payment obligations. Significant increases or decreases in the inputs noted above in isolation would result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement. 

Revenue recognition policy

Our Hospitality group’s revenues consist of sales of the Company’s standard point-of-sale and property management systems of the Hospitality segment. We derive revenue from the following sources: (1) hardware sales, (2) software license agreements, including sold as a perpetual license and sold as a service, (3) professional services, (4) hosting services and (5) post-contract customer support ("PCS").

We recognize revenue when all four revenue recognition criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, we have delivered the product or performed the service, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is probable. Determining whether and when some of these criteria have been satisfied often involves assumptions and judgments that can have a significant impact on the timing and amount of revenue we report.

Hardware

Revenue recognition on hardware sales occurs upon delivery to the customer site (or when shipped for systems that are not installed by the Company) when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.

Software

Revenue recognition on software sales generally occurs upon delivery to the customer, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is probable.  For software sales sold as a perpetual license and as a service, where the Company is the sole party that has the proprietary knowledge to install the software, revenue is recognized upon installation and when the system is ready to go live.

Service

Service revenue consists of installation and training services, field and depot repair, subscription software products, associated software maintenance, and software related hosted services.  Installation and training service revenue are based upon standard hourly/daily rates as well as contracted prices with the customer, and revenue is recognized as the services are performed.  Support maintenance and field and depot repair are provided to customers either on a time and materials basis or under a maintenance contract.  Services provided on a time and materials basis are recognized as the services are performed.  Service revenues from maintenance contracts are recorded as deferred revenue when billed to the customer and are recognized ratably over the underlying contract period.  Software sold as a service is recognized based on the contracted price of its contract term.

PAR frequently enters into multiple-element arrangements with its customers including hardware, software, professional consulting services and maintenance support services. For arrangements involving multiple deliverables, when deliverables include software and non-software products and services, PAR evaluates and separates each deliverable to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting based on the following criteria: (a) the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and (b) if the contract includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially in the control of PAR.

The individual hardware, service, and software offerings that are included in arrangements with our customers are identified and priced separately to the customer based upon the stand alone price for each individual hardware, service, or software sold in the arrangement irrespective of the combination of products and services which are included in a particular arrangement.  As such, overall consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting based on the unit's relative selling prices. In such circumstances, the Company uses a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to each deliverable: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price (VSOE), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (TPE), and (iii) best estimate of selling price (BESP). VSOE generally exists only when the Company sells the deliverable separately and is the price actually charged by the Company for that deliverable. VSOE is established for our software maintenance services to establish selling prices for our non-software related services, which include hardware maintenance, non-software related professional services, and transaction services. The Company uses BESP to allocate revenue when we are unable to establish VSOE or TPE of selling price. BESP is primarily used for elements such as products that are not consistently priced within a narrow range. The Company determines BESP for a deliverable by considering multiple factors including product and customer class, geography, average discount, and management's historical pricing practices. Amounts allocated to the delivered hardware and software elements are recognized at the time of sale provided the other conditions for revenue recognition have been met. Amounts allocated to the undelivered maintenance and other services elements are recognized as the services are provided or on a straight-line basis over the service period. In certain instances, customer acceptance is required prior to the passage of title and risk of loss of the delivered products. In such cases, revenue is not recognized until the customer acceptance is obtained. Delivery and acceptance generally occur in the same reporting period.

In situations where PAR’s solutions contain software and software related services (generally PCS and Professional services), revenue is recognized in accordance with authoritative guidance on software revenue recognition.  For the software and software-related elements of such transactions, revenue is allocated based on the relative fair value of each element, and fair value is determined by vender specific objective evidence (VSOE), where available.  If VSOE is not availalble for all elements, we will use the residual method to separate the elements as long as we have VSOE for the undelivered amounts. If the Company cannot objectively determine the fair value of any undelivered element included in such multiple-element arrangements, the Company defers the revenue until all elements are delivered and services have been performed, or until fair value can objectively be determined for any remaining undelivered elements.

Government Contracts

The Company’s contract revenues generated by the Government segment result primarily from contract services performed for the U.S. Government under a variety of cost-plus fixed fee, time-and-material, and fixed-price contracts.  Revenue on cost-plus fixed fee contracts is recognized based on allowable costs for labor hours delivered, as well as other allowable costs plus the applicable fee.  Revenue on time and material contracts is recognized by multiplying the number of direct labor hours delivered in the performance of the contract by the contract billing rates and adding other direct costs as incurred.  Revenue from fixed-price contracts is recognized as labor hours are delivered which approximates the straight-line basis of the life of the contract. The Company’s obligation under these contracts is to provide labor hours to conduct research or to staff facilities with no other deliverables or performance obligations.  Anticipated losses on all contracts are recorded in full when identified.  Unbilled accounts receivable are stated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements at their estimated realizable value.  Contract costs, including indirect expenses, are subject to audit and adjustment through negotiations between the Company and U.S. Government representatives.

Cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments, purchased with a remaining maturity of three months or less, to be cash equivalents.

Accounts receivable – Allowance for doubtful accounts

Allowances for doubtful accounts are based on estimates of probable losses related to accounts receivable balances.  The establishment of allowances requires the use of judgment and assumptions regarding probable losses on receivable balances.

Inventories

The Company’s inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method.  The Company uses certain estimates and judgments and considers several factors including product demand, changes in customer requirements and changes in technology to provide for excess and obsolescence reserves to properly value inventory.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to twenty-five years.  Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Other assets

Other assets primarily consist of cash surrender value of life insurance related to the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan.

Income taxes

The provision for income taxes is based upon pretax earnings with deferred income taxes provided for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities.  The Company records a valuation allowance when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to their net realizable amounts.  The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Other long-term liabilities

Other long-term liabilities represent amounts owed to certain employees who are participants in the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan and the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration payable related to the Brink acquisition.

Foreign currency

The assets and liabilities for the Company’s international operations are translated into U.S. dollars using year-end exchange rates. Income statement items are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the year. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of shareholders’ equity under the heading Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss.  Exchange gains and losses on intercompany balances of a long-term investment nature are also recorded as a translation adjustment and are included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).  Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded in other income in the accompanying statements of operations.

Other income

The components of other income for the two years ending December 31 are as follows:

	Year ended December 31 (in thousands)
	2014			2013
Foreign currency gains / (loss)	$	(154	)	$	146
Rental income-net		359			448
Other		99			(88	)
	$	304		$	506

Identifiable intangible assets

The Company’s identifiable intangible assets represent intangible assets acquired from the Brink acquisition as well as internally developed software costs.  The Company capitalizes certain costs related to the development of computer software sold by its Hospitality segment. Software development costs incurred prior to establishing technological feasibility are charged to operations and included in research and development costs.  Software development costs incurred after establishing feasibility (as defined within ASC 985-20) are capitalized and amortized on a product-by-product basis when the product is available for general release to customers.  Software costs capitalized during the periods ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $2.9 million and $4.7 million, respectively.

Annual amortization, charged to cost of sales when the product is available for general release to customers, is computed using the greater of (a) the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the product, generally three to seven years or (b) the ratio that current gross revenues for a product bear to the total of current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product.  Amortization of capitalized software costs amounted to $1.9 million and $1.3 million, in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

In 2014, the Company acquired identifiable intangible assets in connection with its acquisition of Brink Software.  Amortization of intangible assets acquired from the Brink acquisition amounted to $279,000 in 2014.  There was no amortization of prior acquisitions recorded in 2014 and 2013.

The components of identifiable intangible assets are:

	December 31, (in thousands)
	2014			2013
Acquired and internally developed software costs	$	26,134		$	16,640
Customer relationships		160			-
Non-competition agreements		30			-
Trademarks, trade names (non-amortizable)		2,200			1,800
		28,524			18,440
Less accumulated amortization		(5,572	)		(3,369	)
	$	22,952		$	15,071

The expected future amortization of these intangible assets assuming straight-line amortization of capitalized software costs and acquisition related intangibles is as follows (in thousands):

2015	$	3,068
2016		3,465
2017		3,364
2018		3,262
2019		2,985
Thereafter		4,608
Total	$	20,752

The Company has elected to test for impairment of indefinite lived intangible assets during the fourth quarter of its fiscal year.  To value the indefinite lived intangible assets, the Company utilizes the royalty method to estimate the fair values of the trademarks and trade names.  As a result of the testing, there was no related impairment charge recorded for the periods ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Stock-based compensation

The Company recognizes all stock-based compensation to employees, including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock awards, in the financial statements as compensation cost over the vesting period using an accelerated expense recognition method, based on their fair value on the date of grant.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted earnings per share reflect the dilutive impact of outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards.

The following is a reconciliation of the weighted average shares outstanding for the basic and diluted earnings per share computations (in thousands, except share and per share data):

	December 31,
	2014			2013
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	(3,651	)	$	569
Basic:
Shares outstanding at beginning of year		15,473			15,210
Weighted average shares issued during the year		28			30
Weighted average common shares, basic		15,501			15,240
Income (loss) from continuing operations per common share, basic	$	(0.24	)	$	0.04
Diluted:
Weighted average common shares, basic		15,501			15,240
Weighted average shares issued during the year		-			1
Dilutive impact of stock options and restricted stock awards		-			32
Weighted average common shares, diluted		15,501			15,273
Income (loss) from continuing operations per common share, diluted	$	(0.24	)	$	0.04

At December 31, 2014 and 2013 there were 215,000 and 127,000 incremental shares, respectively, from the assumed exercise of stock options that were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because of the anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share.  There were no restricted stock awards excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Goodwill

The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment.  The Company operates in two business segments, Hospitality and Government.  Goodwill impairment testing is performed at the sub-segment level (referred to as a reporting unit).  The three reporting units utilized by the Company are: Restaurant, Hotel/Resort/Spa, and Government. Goodwill is assigned to reporting units at the date the goodwill is initially recorded. Once goodwill has been assigned to reporting units, it no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition, and all of the activities within a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically grown, are available to support the value of the goodwill.  The amount outstanding for goodwill was $17.2 million and $6.9 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The increase was a result of $10.3 million of goodwill recorded by the Restaurant reporting unit from the acquisition of Brink Software.  There was noimpairment of goodwill for the periods ending December 31, 2014 or 2013.

The changes and carrying amounts of goodwill by reporting unit were as follows (in thousands):

	Restaurants			Hotel/Resort/ Spa			Government		Total
Net Balances at December 31, 2012	$	-		$	6,116		$	736	$	6,852
Goodwill		12,433			13,946			736		27,115
Accumulated Impairment charge		(12,433	)		(7,830	)		-		(20,263	)
Net Balances at December 31, 2013		-			6,116			736		6,852
Goodwill		12,433			13,946			736		27,115
Accumulated Impairment charge		(12,433	)		(7,830	)		-		(20,263	)
Acquisition		10,3115			-			-		10,315
Net balance at December 31, 2014	$	10,315		$	6,116		$	736	$	17,167

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company evaluates the accounting and reporting for the impairment of long-lived assetsin accordance with the reporting requirements of ASC 360-10, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets..  The Company will recognize impairment of long-lived assets or asset groups if the net book value of such assets exceeds the estimated future undiscounted cash flows attributable to such assets.  If the carrying value of a long-lived asset or asset group is considered impaired, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair market value of the long-lived asset or asset group for assets to be held and used, or the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair market value less cost to sell for assets to be sold.  No impairment was identified during 2014 or 2013.

Reclassifications

Amounts in prior years’ consolidated financial statements are reclassified whenever necessary to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Use of estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management of the Company to make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reported amount of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period.  Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the recognition and measurement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations at fair value, the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment, identifiable intangible assets and goodwill, valuation allowances for receivables, inventories and deferred income tax assets, and measurement of contingent consideration at fair value. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The current economic conditions and the continued volatility in the U.S. and in many other countries where the Company operates could contribute to decreased consumer confidence and continued economic uncertainty which may adversely impact the Company’s operating performance.  Although the Company has seen an improvement in the markets which it serves, the continued volatility in these markets could have an impact on purchases of the Company’s products, which could result in a reduction of sales, operating income and cash flows. This could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and/or results of operations and could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s significant estimates discussed above, specifically the fair value of the Company’s reporting units used in support of its annual goodwill impairment test.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In June 2014, the FASB issued amended guidance on the accounting for certain share-based employee compensation awards. The amended guidance requires that share-based employee compensation awards with terms of a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. As such, the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award and compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved. The Company is required to adopt this guidance for its annual and interim periods beginning March 1, 2016. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB amended the existing accounting standards for revenue recognition. The amendments are based on the principle that revenue should be recognized to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance provides a five-step analysis of transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The guidance also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity’s contracts with customers. Adoption of the amendments is required in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. Early adoption is not permitted. The amendments may be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented or with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of initial application. PAR is currently evaluating the impact of these amendments and the transition alternatives on PAR's financial statements.

In April 2014, the FASB issued guidance that raises the threshold for a disposal to qualify as a discontinued operation and requires new disclosures of both discontinued operations and other disposals that do not meet the definition of a discontinued operations. The new guidance defines a discontinued operation as a disposal of a component or group of components that is disposed of or is classified as held for sale and represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results. The new guidance is effective on January 1, 2015, with early adoption permitted. While we do not expect a material impact on PAR’s financial statements upon adoption, the effects on future periods will depend upon the nature and significance of future disposals.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance eliminating diversity in practice surrounding the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The new guidance requires entities to net an unrecognized tax benefit with a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward if the carryforward would be used to settle additional tax due upon disallowance of a tax position. The amendment is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2013 with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this amendment on January 1, 2014 did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

In March 2013, the FASB clarified that, when a reporting entity (parent) ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business within a foreign entity, the parent is required to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income. The cumulative translation adjustment should be released into net income only if the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity in which the subsidiary or group of assets had resided. The FASB also clarified that if a business combination is achieved in stages related to a previously held equity method investment (step-acquisition) that is a foreign entity, the amount of accumulated other comprehensive income that is reclassified and included in the calculation of gain or loss as of the acquisition date shall include any foreign currency translation adjustment related to that previously held investment. The amendments are effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this amendment on January 1, 2014 did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance requiring an entity to measure obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation is fixed at the reporting date as the amount the entity agreed to pay for the arrangement between them and the other entities that are also obligated to the liability and any additional amount the entity expects to pay on behalf of the other entities. The amendments are effective for fiscal periods (and interim reporting periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this amendment on January 1, 2014 did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

XML

Segment and Related Information (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014 H Segment	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Segment and Related Information [Abstract]
Number of reportable segments	2
Number of hours of telephone support for hospitality segment (in hours)	24
Information as to the Company's segments [Abstract]
Revenue, net	$ 233,610	$ 241,394
Operating income (loss)	(2,219)	(657)
Other income, net	304	506
Interest expense	(136)	(60)
Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes	(2,051)	(211)
Identifiable assets	137,297	117,508
Net balances at beginning of period	17,167	6,852	6,852
Depreciation and amortization	3,670	2,830
Capital expenditures including software costs	5,002	5,788
United States [Member] | Reportable Geographical Components [Member]
Information as to the Company's segments [Abstract]
Revenue, net	202,573	201,815
Identifiable assets	116,155	99,937
Other Countries [Member] | Reportable Geographical Components [Member]
Information as to the Company's segments [Abstract]
Revenue, net	31,037	39,579
Identifiable assets	21,142	17,571
Hospitality [Member] | Operating Segments [Member]
Information as to the Company's segments [Abstract]
Revenue, net	145,921	152,376
Operating income (loss)	(5,312)	(5,005)
Identifiable assets	104,027	81,386
Net balances at beginning of period	16,431	6,116
Depreciation and amortization	3,341	2,454
Capital expenditures including software costs	3,997	5,523
Government [Member]
Information as to the Company's segments [Abstract]
Net balances at beginning of period	736	736	736
Government [Member] | Operating Segments [Member]
Information as to the Company's segments [Abstract]
Revenue, net	87,689	89,018
Operating income (loss)	4,883	5,949
Identifiable assets	11,221	16,936
Net balances at beginning of period	736	736
Depreciation and amortization	50	46
Capital expenditures including software costs	36	63
Other [Member]
Information as to the Company's segments [Abstract]
Operating income (loss)	(1,790)	(1,601)
Identifiable assets	22,049	19,186
Depreciation and amortization	279	330
Capital expenditures including software costs	$ 969	$ 202

XML

Debt (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Debt [Abstract]

Company's future principal payments under its term loan and mortgage

The Company’s future principal payments under the stock purchase agreement and its mortgage are as follows (in thousands):

2015	$	3,173
2016		2,000
2017		188
2018		195
2019		183
	$	5,739

XML

Property, Plant and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Components of property, plant and equipment

The components of property, plant and equipment are:

	December 31, (in thousands)
	2014			2013
Land	$	253		$	253
Building and improvements		6,467			6,540
Rental property		5,308			5,311
Furniture and equipment		13,177			25,431
		25,205			37,535
Less accumulated depreciation		(19,070	)		(32,041	)
	$	6,135		$	5,494

Future minimum rent payments due to the Company

The Company leases office space under various operating leases. Rental expense on these operating leases was approximately $2.0 million and $2.6 million for 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Future minimum lease payments under all non-cancelable operating leases are (in thousands):

2015		1,821
2016		1,456
2017		1,031
2018		786
2019		721
Thereafter		1,220
	$	7,035

XML

Segment and Related Information, Reconciliation of Segment Assets (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Identifiable assets by business segment [Abstract]
Identifiable assets	$ 137,297	$ 117,508
United States [Member] | Reportable Geographical Components [Member]
Identifiable assets by business segment [Abstract]
Identifiable assets	116,155	99,937
Other Countries [Member] | Reportable Geographical Components [Member]
Identifiable assets by business segment [Abstract]
Identifiable assets	$ 21,142	$ 17,571

XML

Stock Based Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Stock Based Compensation [Abstract]

Information with respect to stock options

Information with respect to stock options included within this plan is as follows:

	No. of Shares (in thousands)			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Outstanding at December 31, 2013		1,048		$	5.45	$	270
Options granted		417			5.15
Forfeited and cancelled		(225	)		5.16
Outstanding at December 31, 2014		1,240		$	5.28	$	1,264
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2014		1,192		$	5.28	$	1,215
Total shares exercisable as of December 31, 2014		344		$	5.60	$	344
Shares remaining available for grant		332

Assumptions for fair value of options at the date of the grant

The fair value of options at the date of the grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions for the respective period ending December 31:

	2014			2013
Expected option life	5.9 years			4.6 years
Weighted average risk-free interest rate		1.7	%		1.3	%
Weighted average expected volatility		31	%		33	%
Expected dividend yield		0	%		0	%

Share-based compensation by exercise price range

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the expected option life was based on the Company’s historical experience with similar type options.  Expected volatility is based on historical volatility levels of the Company’s common stock over the preceding period of time consistent with the expected life.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life.  Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2014 are summarized as follows:

Range of Exercise Prices		Number  Outstanding (in thousands)		Weighted Average Remaining Life	Weighted Average Exercise Price
$	4.06 - $6.25		1,203	8.62 years	$	5.07
$	6.26 - $11.40		37	1.37 years	$	10.04
$	4.06 - $11.40		1,240	8.41 years	$	5.28

Activity with respect to non-vested stock options

Current year activity with respect to the Company’s non-vested restricted stock awards is as follows:

Non-vested shares (in thousands)	Shares			Weighted Average grant- date fair value
Balance at January 1, 2014		277		$	4.65
Granted		170			5.24
Vested		(112	)		4.23
Forfeited and cancelled		(62	)		3.46
Balance at December 31, 2014		273		$	4.68

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing operations

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes from continuing operations consists of:

	Year ended December 31, (in thousands)
	2014		2013
Current income tax:
Federal	$	115	$	(16	)
State		212		27
Foreign		757		1,087
		1,084		1,098
Deferred income tax:
Federal		370		(1,813	)
State		146		(65	)
		516		(1,878	)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	$	1,600	$	(780	)

Deferred tax liabilities (assets)

Deferred tax liabilities (assets) are comprised of the following at:

	December 31, (in thousands)
	2014			2013
Deferred tax liabilities:
Software development costs	$	4,984		$	5,042
Acquired intangible assets		2,350			-
Gross deferred tax liabilities		7,334			5,042
Allowances for bad debts and inventory		(4,524	)		(3,819	)
Capitalized inventory costs		(114	)		(122	)
Intangible assets		(2,100	)		(3,223	)
Employee benefit accruals		(1,715	)		(1,764	)
Federal net operating loss carryforward		(9,344	)		(10,524	)
State net operating loss carryforward		(1,104	)		(1,200	)
Tax credit carryforwards		(7,809	)		(4,979	)
Foreign currency		(33	)		(33	)
Other		(502	)		(585	)
Gross deferred tax assets		(27,150	)		(26,249	)
Less valuation allowance		3,947			2,377
Net deferred tax assets	$	(15,869	)	$	(18,830	)

Effective income tax rate reconciliation

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes differed from the provision computed by applying the Federal statutory rate to income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes due to the following:

	Year ended December 31,
	2014			2013
Federal statutory tax rate		(34.0	)%		(34.0	)%
State taxes		13.8			1.7
Non deductible expenses		10.1			61.3
Tax credits		(21.5	)		(378.2	)
Repatriation of foreign earnings		109.8			0.0
Foreign income tax rate differential		(79.3	)		(103.0	)
Valuation allowance		76.6			84.8
Other		2.5			(2.4	)
		78.0	%		(369.8	)%

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$ (3,651)	$ 358
Loss from discontinued operations	0	211
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	3,670	2,830
Provision for bad debts	412	716
Provision for obsolete inventory	2,232	2,564
Equity based compensation	1,185	187
Deferred income tax	516	(1,878)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
Accounts receivable	(1,169)	(1,514)
Inventories	(3,689)	(857)
Income tax refunds/payable	290	(361)
Other current assets	(1,179)	(221)
Other assets	(368)	543
Accounts payable	2,477	(3,930)
Accrued salaries and benefits	(234)	265
Accrued expenses	3,877	(1,770)
Customer deposits	1,274	(309)
Deferred service revenue	525	(352)
Other long-term liabilities	93	684
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities-continuing operations	6,261	(2,834)
Net cash used in operating activities-discontinued operations	0	(396)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	6,261	(3,230)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures	(2,108)	(1,136)
Capitalization of software costs	(2,894)	(4,652)
Payments for acquisition	(5,000)	0
Net cash used in investing activities	(10,002)	(5,788)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Payments of long-term debt	(165)	(159)
Proceeds from other borrowings	5,000	0
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options	2	52
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	4,837	(107)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(944)	(335)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	152	(9,460)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	10,015	19,475
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	10,167	10,015
Cash and equivalents of continuing operations at end of period	10,167	10,015
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest	129	60
Income taxes, net of (refunds)	722	1,373
Noncash Investing and Financing Items [Abstract]
Acquisitoin through notes payable	4,820	0
Contingent consideration payable in conneciton with acquisition	$ 5,040	$ 0

XML

Segment and Related Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Segment and Related Information [Abstract]

Information of the Company's segments

Information as to the Company’s segments is set forth below.  Amounts below exclude discontinued operations.

	Year ended December 31, (in thousands)
	2014			2013
Revenues:
Hospitality	$	145,921		$	152,376
Government		87,689			89,018
Total	$	233,610		$	241,394
Operating income (loss) :
Hospitality	$	(5,312	)	$	(5,005	)
Government		4,883			5,949
Other		(1,790	)		(1,601	)
		(2,219	)		(657	)
Other income, net		304			506
Interest expense		(136	)		(60	)
Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes	$	(2,051	)	$	(211	)
Identifiable assets:
Hospitality	$	104,027		$	81,386
Government		11,221			16,936
Other		22,049			19,186
Total	$	137,297		$	117,508
Goodwill:
Hospitality	$	16,431		$	6,116
Government		736			736
Total	$	17,167		$	6,852
Depreciation and amortization:
Hospitality	$	3,341		$	2,454
Government		50			46
Other		279			330
Total	$	3,670		$	2,830
Capital expenditures including software costs:
Hospitality	$	3,997		$	5,523
Government		36			63
Other		969			202
Total	$	5,002		$	5,788

Revenue by geographic area

The following table presents revenues by country based on the location of the use of the product or services.

	December 31,
	2014		2013
United States	$	202,573	$	201,815
Other Countries		31,037		39,579
Total	$	233,610	$	241,394

Identifiable assets by geographic area

The following table presents assets by country based on the location of the asset.

	December 31,
	2014		2013
United States	$	116,155	$	99,937
Other Countries		21,142		17,571
Total	$	137,297	$	117,508

Revenue by major customers

Customers comprising 10% or more of the Company’s total revenues are summarized as follows:

	December 31,
	2014			2013
Hospitality segment:
McDonald’s Corporation		16	%		19	%
Yum! Brands, Inc.		12	%		13	%
Government segment:
U.S. Department of Defense		38	%		37	%
All Others		34	%		31	%
		100	%		100	%

XML

Stock Based Compensation (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock-based compensation expense	$ 1,185,000	$ 187,000
Stock-based compensation expense, tax benefit	114,000	436,000
No. of Shares [Roll Forward]
Outstanding (in shares)	1,048,000
Options granted (in shares)	417,000
Forfeited and cancelled (in shares)	(225,000)
Outstanding (in shares)	1,340,000	1,048,000
Vested and expected to vest (in shares)	1,192,000
Total shares exercisable (in shares)	344,000
Shares remaining available for grant (in shares)	332,000
Weighted Average Exercise Price [Roll Forward]
Outstanding (in dollars per share)	$ 5.45
Options granted (in dollars per share)	$ 5.15
Forfeited and cancelled (in dollars per share)	$ 5.16
Outstanding (in dollars per share)	$ 5.28	$ 5.45
Vested and expected to vest (in dollars per share)	$ 5.28
Total shares exercisable (in dollars per share)	$ 5.60
Aggregate Intrinsic Value [Abstract]
Outstanding	270,000
Outstanding	1,264,000	270,000
Vested and expected to vest	1,215,000
Total shares exercisable	344,000
Weighted average grant date fair value of options granted (in dollars per share)	$ 1.68	$ 1.55
Total intrinsic value of options exercised	0	11,000
Assumptions used for fair value of options at the date of the grant [Abstract]
Expected option life	5 years 10 months 24 days	4 years 7 months 6 days
Weighted average risk-free interest rate (in hundredths)	1.70%	1.30%
Weighted average expected volatility (in hundredths)	31.00%	33.00%
Expected dividend yield (in hundredths)	0.00%	0.00%
Unrecognized compensation expense	1,700,000
Period for recognition	2015 through 2018
Weighted average grant date fair value [Roll Forward]
Restricted stock awards granted (in shares)	170,000	247,000
Share price (in dollars per share)	$ 0.02
Days prior to grant date considered for fair value of award	0 days
Weighted average grant date fair value (in dollars per share)	$ 5.24	$ 4.50
Shares released (in shares)	112,000	49,000
Restricted stock awards cancelled (in shares)	62,000	95,000
$4.06 - $6.25 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Lower Range of Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 4.06
Upper Range of Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 6.25
Number Outstanding (in shares)	1,203,000
Weighted Average Remaining Life	8 years 7 months 13 days
Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 5.07
$6.26- $11.40 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Lower Range of Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 6.26
Upper Range of Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 11.40
Number Outstanding (in shares)	37,000
Weighted Average Remaining Life	1 year 4 months 13 days
Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 10.04
$4.06 - $11.40 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Lower Range of Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 4.06
Upper Range of Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 11.40
Number Outstanding (in shares)	1,240,000
Weighted Average Remaining Life	8 years 4 months 28 days
Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 5.28
Restricted Stock [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock-based compensation expense	$ 895,000	$ 438,000
Restricted Stock [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period	0 months
Restricted Stock [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period	60 months
Performance Based Restricted Stock [Member]
Weighted average grant date fair value [Roll Forward]
Restricted stock awards granted (in shares)		109,000
Restricted stock awards cancelled (in shares)	52,000	93,000
Performance Based Restricted Stock [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period	12 months
Performance Based Restricted Stock [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period	36 months
Non-vested Equity Awards [Member]
Activity of nonvested options outstanding [Roll Forward]
Balance (in shares)	277,000
Granted (in shares)	170,000
Vested (in shares)	(112,000)
Forfeited and cancelled (in shares)	(62,000)
Balance (in shares)	273,000	277,000
Weighted average grant date fair value [Roll Forward]
Balance (in dollars per share)	$ 4.68	$ 4.65
Granted (in dollars per share)	$ 5.24
Vested (in dollars per share)	$ 4.32
Forfeited and cancelled (in dollars per share)	$ 3.46
Balance (in dollars per share)	$ 4.68	$ 4.65
2005 Equity Incentive Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of shares reserved under plan (in shares)	2,250,000
Expiration period	10 years
2005 Equity Incentive Plan [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period	1 year
2005 Equity Incentive Plan [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period	5 years

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 10,167	$ 10,015
Accounts receivable-net	31,445	30,688
Inventories-net	25,922	24,465
Deferred income taxes	4,512	13,408
Other current assets	4,597	3,418
Total current assets	76,643	81,994
Property, plant and equipment - net	6,135	5,494
Deferred income taxes	11,357	5,422
Goodwill	17,167	6,852
Intangible assets - net	22,952	15,071
Other assets	3,043	2,675
Total Assets	137,297	117,508
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt	3,173	166
Borrowings under line of credit	5,000	0
Accounts payable	19,676	17,200
Accrued salaries and benefits	6,429	6,663
Accrued expenses	6,578	2,701
Customer deposits	2,345	1,071
Deferred service revenue	12,695	12,170
Income taxes payable	475	185
Total current liabilities	56,371	40,156
Long-term debt	2,566	918
Other long-term liabilities	8,847	3,714
Total liabilities	67,784	44,788
Commitments and Contingencies
Shareholders' Equity:
Preferred stock, $.02 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized	0	0
Common stock, $.02 par value, 29,000,000 shares authorized; 17,274,708 and 17,301,925 shares issued; 15,566,599 and 15,593,816 outstanding	346	344
Capital in excess of par value	44,854	43,635
Retained earnings	31,465	35,116
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(1,316)	(539)
Treasury stock, at cost, 1,708,109 shares	(5,836)	(5,836)
Total shareholders' equity	69,513	72,720
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity	$ 137,297	$ 117,508

XML

Segment and Related Information, Revenue By Major Customer (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Revenue, Major Customer [Line Items]
Percentage contributed in revenue by customers, minimum (in hundredths)	10.00%
Percentage of revenue generated by customer (in hundredths)	100.00%	100.00%
Hospitality segment [Member] | McDonald's Corporation [Member] | Operating Segments [Member]
Revenue, Major Customer [Line Items]
Percentage of revenue generated by customer (in hundredths)	16.00%	19.00%
Hospitality segment [Member] | Yum! Brands, Inc. [Member] | Operating Segments [Member]
Revenue, Major Customer [Line Items]
Percentage of revenue generated by customer (in hundredths)	12.00%	13.00%
Government segment [Member] | U.S. Department of Defense [Member] | Operating Segments [Member]
Revenue, Major Customer [Line Items]
Percentage of revenue generated by customer (in hundredths)	38.00%	37.00%
All Others [Member]
Revenue, Major Customer [Line Items]
Percentage of revenue generated by customer (in hundredths)	34.00%	31.00%

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Common Stock [Member]	Capital in Excess of Par Value [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]	Total
Balance at Dec. 31, 2012	$ 341	$ 43,661	$ 34,758	$ (104)	$ (5,834)	$ 72,822
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2012	17,038,000				(1,708,000)
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Net income (loss)			358			358
Issuance of common stock upon the exercise of stock options	1	51			(2)	50
Issuance of common stock upon the exercise of stock options (in shares)	16,000				0
Net issuance of restricted stock awards	2	0				2
Net issuance of restricted stock awards (in shares)	248,000
Equity based compensation		187				187
Stock options and awards - excess tax benefits						(264)
Translation adjustments, net of tax				(435)		(435)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2013	344	43,635	35,116	(539)	(5,836)	72,720
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2013	17,302,000				(1,708,000)	15,593,816
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Net income (loss)			(3,651)			(3,651)
Net issuance of restricted stock awards	2					2
Net issuance of restricted stock awards (in shares)	(27,000)
Equity based compensation		1,185				1,185
Stock options and awards - excess tax benefits		34				34
Translation adjustments, net of tax				(777)		(777)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2014	$ 346	$ 44,854	$ 31,465	$ (1,316)	$ (5,836)	$ 69,513
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2014	17,275,000				(1,708,000)	15,566,599

XML

Acquisition (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Fair value of the long term portion of the note payable	$ 1,800,000
Amortization of identifiable intangible assets	279,000	0
Aggregate purchase price	10,315,000
Acquisition revenue	832,000
Acquisition net loss	145,000
Schedule of purchase price allocation [Abstract]
Accounts receivable	83,000
Inventories	116,000
Intangible assets	7,190,000
Goodwill	10,315,000
Other assets	90,000
Total assets acquired	17,794,000
Accounts payable	124,000
Other current liabilities	365,000
Deferred tax liabilities	2,445,000
Total liabilities assumed	2,934,000
Purchase price, including acquisition related costs	14,860,000
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Total identifiable intangible assets	7,190,000
Business Acquisition, Pro Forma Information [Abstract]
Revenues	235,075,000	242,476,000
Net loss	(4,281,000)	(779,000)
Earnings per share: [Abstract]
Basic (in dollars per share)	$ (0.28)	$ (0.05)
Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ (0.28)	$ (0.05)
Trade Name [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Indefinite intangible assets	400,000
Developed Technology [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-lived intangible assets	6,600,000
Estimated useful life	7 years
Customer Relationships [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-lived intangible assets	160,000
Estimated useful life	7 years
Non-competition Agreements [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-lived intangible assets	30,000
Estimated useful life	7 years
Brink Software Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Payments for the acquisition	10,000,000
Period of purchase price payable	3 years
Contingent liability payable, Maximum	7,000,000
Percentage of equity interest (in hundredths)	100.00%
Amortization of identifiable intangible assets	279,000
Escrow provision for contingent purchase agreement	1,000,000
Aggregate purchase price	14,900,000
Cash acquired on purchase of business	184,000
Net cash paid for purchase of business	5,000,000
Additional estimated cash payments	9,900,000
Estimated fair value liability for contingent consideration	5,000,000
Transaction, integration, and other acquisition related costs	163,000
Schedule of purchase price allocation [Abstract]
Goodwill	14,900,000
Brink Software Inc. [Member] | Tranche One [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Payments for the acquisition	5,000,000
Brink Software Inc. [Member] | Tranche Two [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Payments for the acquisition	3,000,000
Brink Software Inc. [Member] | Tranche Three [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Payments for the acquisition	$ 2,000,000

XML

Subsequent Events

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events

Note 14 — Subsequent Events

On March 19, 2015, the Company amended its credit facility with J.P. Morgan Chase, N.A.  See Note 6 for further details.

XML

Accounts Receivable (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Accounts Receivable [Abstract]
Accounts receivable-net	$ 31,445	$ 30,688
Write-offs of accounts receivable	391	696
Provision for Doubtful Accounts	412	716
Government segment [Member]
Accounts Receivable [Abstract]
Accounts receivable-net	8,890	12,597
Government segment [Member] | Billed [Member]
Accounts Receivable [Abstract]
Accounts receivable-net	9,340	16,932
Government segment [Member] | Advance billings [Member]
Accounts Receivable [Abstract]
Accounts receivable-net	(450)	(4,335)
Hospitality segment [Member]
Accounts Receivable [Abstract]
Accounts receivable-net	22,555	18,091
Allowances for doubtful accounts	$ 582	$ 561

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Components of other income

The components of other income for the two years ending December 31 are as follows:

	Year ended December 31 (in thousands)
	2014			2013
Foreign currency gains / (loss)	$	(154	)	$	146
Rental income-net		359			448
Other		99			(88	)
	$	304		$	506

Components of identifiable intangible assets

The components of identifiable intangible assets are:

	December 31, (in thousands)
	2014			2013
Acquired and internally developed software costs	$	26,134		$	16,640
Customer relationships		160			-
Non-competition agreements		30			-
Trademarks, trade names (non-amortizable)		2,200			1,800
		28,524			18,440
Less accumulated amortization		(5,572	)		(3,369	)
	$	22,952		$	15,071

Future amortization of intangible assets

The expected future amortization of these intangible assets assuming straight-line amortization of capitalized software costs and acquisition related intangibles is as follows (in thousands):

2015	$	3,068
2016		3,465
2017		3,364
2018		3,262
2019		2,985
Thereafter		4,608
Total	$	20,752

Reconciliation of weighted average shares outstanding for the basic and diluted earnings per share

The following is a reconciliation of the weighted average shares outstanding for the basic and diluted earnings per share computations (in thousands, except share and per share data):

	December 31,
	2014			2013
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	(3,651	)	$	569
Basic:
Shares outstanding at beginning of year		15,473			15,210
Weighted average shares issued during the year		28			30
Weighted average common shares, basic		15,501			15,240
Income (loss) from continuing operations per common share, basic	$	(0.24	)	$	0.04
Diluted:
Weighted average common shares, basic		15,501			15,240
Weighted average shares issued during the year		-			1
Dilutive impact of stock options and restricted stock awards		-			32
Weighted average common shares, diluted		15,501			15,273
Income (loss) from continuing operations per common share, diluted	$	(0.24	)	$	0.04

Schedule of Goodwill [Table Text Block]

The changes and carrying amounts of goodwill by reporting unit were as follows (in thousands):

	Restaurants			Hotel/Resort/ Spa			Government		Total
Net Balances at December 31, 2012	$	-		$	6,116		$	736	$	6,852
Goodwill		12,433			13,946			736		27,115
Accumulated Impairment charge		(12,433	)		(7,830	)		-		(20,263	)
Net Balances at December 31, 2013		-			6,116			736		6,852
Goodwill		12,433			13,946			736		27,115
Accumulated Impairment charge		(12,433	)		(7,830	)		-		(20,263	)
Acquisition		10,3115			-			-		10,315
Net balance at December 31, 2014	$	10,315		$	6,116		$	736	$	17,167

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY [Abstract]
Translation adjustments, tax	$ 476	$ 114

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Shareholders Equity:
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.02	$ 0.02
Preferred stock, authorized (in shares)	1,000,000	1,000,000
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.02	$ 0.02
Common stock, authorized (in shares)	29,000,000	29,000,000
Common stock, issued (in shares)	17,274,708	17,301,925
Common stock, outstanding (in shares)	15,566,599	15,593,816
Treasury stock, at cost (in shares)	1,708,109	1,708,109

XML

Employee Benefit Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Employee Benefit Plans [Abstract]

Employee Benefit Plans

Note 9 — Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has a deferred profit-sharing retirement plan that covers substantially all employees. The Company’s annual contribution to the plan is discretionary. The Company’s did not make a contribution in 2014 or 2013.  The plan also contains a 401(k) provision that allows employees to contribute a percentage of their salary up to the statutory limitation.  These contributions are matched at the rate of 10% by the Company. The Company’s matching contributions under the 401(k) component were $318,000 and $299,000 in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company also maintains an incentive-compensation plan. Participants in the plan are key employees as determined by the Board of Directors and executive management. Compensation under the plan is based on the achievement of predetermined financial performance goals of the Company and its subsidiaries.  Awards under the plan are payable in cash.  Awards under the plan totaled $656,000 and $620,000, in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company also sponsors a Deferred Compensation Plan for a select group of highly compensated employees.  Participants may make elective deferrals of their salary to the plan in excess of tax code limitations that apply to the Company’s qualified plan.  The Company invests the participants’ deferred amounts to fund these obligations.  The Company also has the sole discretion to make employer contributions to the plan on behalf of the participants, though it did not make any employer contributions in 2014 or 2013.

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Feb. 27, 2015	Jun. 30, 2014
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	PAR TECHNOLOGY CORP
Entity Central Index Key	0000708821
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Smaller Reporting Company
Entity Public Float			$ 42,195,733
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		15,566,599
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2014
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2014

XML

Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Contingencies [Abstract]

Contingencies

Note 10 — Contingencies

The Company is subject to legal proceedings, which arise in the ordinary course of business. Additionally, U.S. Government contract costs are subject to periodic audit and adjustment.  In the opinion of management, the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to these actions will not materially affect the financial position, results of operations, or cash flows of the Company.

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Net revenues:
Product	$ 87,246	$ 90,847
Service	58,675	61,529
Contract	87,689	89,018
Revenue, net	233,610	241,394
Costs of sales:
Product	59,520	62,317
Service	40,421	43,659
Contract	82,347	82,583
Cost of goods and services sold	182,288	188,559
Gross margin	51,322	52,835
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative	37,297	37,925
Research and development	15,965	15,567
Amortization of identifiable intangible assets	279	0
Operating expenses	53,541	53,492
Operating loss from continuing operations	(2,219)	(657)
Other income, net	304	506
Interest expense	(136)	(60)
Loss from continuing operations before provision for income taxes	(2,051)	(211)
(Provision) benefit for income taxes	(1,600)	780
Income (loss) from continuing operations	(3,651)	569
Discontinued operations
Loss on discontinued operations (net of tax)	0	(211)
Net income (loss)	$ (3,651)	$ 358
Basic Earnings per Share:
Income (loss) from continuing operations (in dollars per share)	$ (0.24)	$ 0.04
Loss from discontinued operations (in dollars per share)	$ 0	$ (0.01)
Net income (loss) (in dollars per share)	$ (0.24)	$ 0.02
Diluted Earnings per Share:
Income (loss) from continuing operations (in dollars per share)	$ (0.24)	$ 0.04
Loss from discontinued operations (in dollars per share)	$ 0	$ (0.01)
Net income (loss) (in dollars per share)	$ (0.24)	$ 0.02
Weighted average shares outstanding
Basic (in shares)	15,501	15,240
Diluted (in shares)	15,501	15,273

XML

Inventories

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Inventories [Abstract]

Inventories

Note 4 — Inventories

Inventories are used primarily in the manufacture, maintenance, and service of the Hospitality segment systems.  Inventories are net of related reserves. The components of inventories-net are:

	December 31, (in thousands)
	2014		2013
Finished Goods	$	13,609	$	12,033
Work in process		457		297
Component parts		3,748		3,558
Service parts		8,108		8,577
	$	25,922	$	24,465

XML

Accounts Receivable

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Accounts Receivable [Abstract]

Accounts Receivable

Note 3 — Accounts Receivable

The Company’s net accounts receivable consist of:

	December 31, (in thousands)
	2014			2013
Government segment:
Billed	$	9,340		$	16,932
Advanced billings		(450	)		(4,335	)
		8,890			12,597
Hospitality segment:
Accounts receivable - net		22,555			18,091
	$	31,445		$	30,688

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had recorded allowances for doubtful accounts of $582,000 and $561,000, respectively, against Hospitality segment accounts receivable.  Write-offs of accounts receivable during fiscal years 2014 and 2013 were $391,000 and $696,000, respectively.  The provision for doubtful accounts recorded in the consolidated statements of operations was $412,000 and $716,000 in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Basis of consolidation

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PAR Technology Corporation and its subsidiaries (ParTech, Inc., ParTech (Shanghai) Company Ltd., PAR Springer-Miller Systems, Inc., Springer-Miller Canada, ULC, PAR Canada ULC, PAR Government Systems Corporation, Rome Research Corporation, Brink Software, Inc. and PAR Logistics Management Systems Corporation), collectively referred to as the “Company.” All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

On Janurary 12, 2012, PAR Technology Corporation completed its sale of substantially all of the assets of the PAR Logistics Management Systems Corporation (LMS) to ORBCOMM Inc.  The results of operations of LMS fiscal year 2013 have been recorded as discontinued operations in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC:) 205-20. Presentation of Financial Statements - Discountiued Operations.  During the period ended December 31, 2014, the Company did not record any income or loss associated with its former LMS business. During the period ended December 31, 2013, the Compnay recorded agreed upon working capital adjustmenets that resulted in a net loss of $211,000.

Business Combinations Policy [Policy Text Block]

Business combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations pursuant to ASC 805, Business Combinations, which requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at their respective fair values on the date of acquisition. The fair value of the consideration paid is assigned to the underlying net assets of the acquired business based on their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is allocated to goodwill (the “Acquisition Method”). The purchase price allocation process requires the Company to make significant assumptions and estimates in determining the purchase price and the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date. The Company’s assumptions and estimates are subject to refinement and, as a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company records adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon conclusion of the measurement period, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The Company’s consolidated financial statements and results of operations reflect an acquired business after the completion of the acquisition.

Contingent Consideration

ContingentConsideration

The Company determines the acquisition date fair value of contingent consideration using a discounted cash flow method,with significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 fair value measurement as defined in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement.  The significant inputs in the Level 3 measurement not supported by market activity included the Company’s probability assessments of expected future cash flows related to the Company’s acquisition of Brink during the contingent consideration period, appropriately discounted considering the uncertainties associated with the obligation, and calculated in accordance with the terms of the definitive agreement.  The liabilities for the contingent consideration are established at the time of the acquisition and will be evaluated on a quarterly basis based on additional information as it becomes available.  Any change in the fair value adjustment is recorded in the earnings of that period.  Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration obligations may result from changes in probability assumptions with respect to the likelihood of achieving the various contingent payment obligations. Significant increases or decreases in the inputs noted above in isolation would result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement.

Revenue recognition

Revenue recognition policy

Our Hospitality group’s revenues consist of sales of the Company’s standard point-of-sale and property management systems of the Hospitality segment. We derive revenue from the following sources: (1) hardware sales, (2) software license agreements, including sold as a perpetual license and sold as a service, (3) professional services, (4) hosting services and (5) post-contract customer support ("PCS").

We recognize revenue when all four revenue recognition criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, we have delivered the product or performed the service, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is probable. Determining whether and when some of these criteria have been satisfied often involves assumptions and judgments that can have a significant impact on the timing and amount of revenue we report.

Hardware

Revenue recognition on hardware sales occurs upon delivery to the customer site (or when shipped for systems that are not installed by the Company) when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.

Software

Revenue recognition on software sales generally occurs upon delivery to the customer, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is probable.  For software sales sold as a perpetual license and as a service, where the Company is the sole party that has the proprietary knowledge to install the software, revenue is recognized upon installation and when the system is ready to go live.

Service

Service revenue consists of installation and training services, field and depot repair, subscription software products, associated software maintenance, and software related hosted services.  Installation and training service revenue are based upon standard hourly/daily rates as well as contracted prices with the customer, and revenue is recognized as the services are performed.  Support maintenance and field and depot repair are provided to customers either on a time and materials basis or under a maintenance contract.  Services provided on a time and materials basis are recognized as the services are performed.  Service revenues from maintenance contracts are recorded as deferred revenue when billed to the customer and are recognized ratably over the underlying contract period.  Software sold as a service is recognized based on the contracted price of its contract term.

PAR frequently enters into multiple-element arrangements with its customers including hardware, software, professional consulting services and maintenance support services. For arrangements involving multiple deliverables, when deliverables include software and non-software products and services, PAR evaluates and separates each deliverable to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting based on the following criteria: (a) the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and (b) if the contract includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially in the control of PAR.

The individual hardware, service, and software offerings that are included in arrangements with our customers are identified and priced separately to the customer based upon the stand alone price for each individual hardware, service, or software sold in the arrangement irrespective of the combination of products and services which are included in a particular arrangement.  As such, overall consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting based on the unit's relative selling prices. In such circumstances, the Company uses a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to each deliverable: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price (VSOE), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (TPE), and (iii) best estimate of selling price (BESP). VSOE generally exists only when the Company sells the deliverable separately and is the price actually charged by the Company for that deliverable. VSOE is established for our software maintenance services to establish selling prices for our non-software related services, which include hardware maintenance, non-software related professional services, and transaction services. The Company uses BESP to allocate revenue when we are unable to establish VSOE or TPE of selling price. BESP is primarily used for elements such as products that are not consistently priced within a narrow range. The Company determines BESP for a deliverable by considering multiple factors including product and customer class, geography, average discount, and management's historical pricing practices. Amounts allocated to the delivered hardware and software elements are recognized at the time of sale provided the other conditions for revenue recognition have been met. Amounts allocated to the undelivered maintenance and other services elements are recognized as the services are provided or on a straight-line basis over the service period. In certain instances, customer acceptance is required prior to the passage of title and risk of loss of the delivered products. In such cases, revenue is not recognized until the customer acceptance is obtained. Delivery and acceptance generally occur in the same reporting period.

In situations where PAR’s solutions contain software and software related services (generally PCS and Professional services), revenue is recognized in accordance with authoritative guidance on software revenue recognition.  For the software and software-related elements of such transactions, revenue is allocated based on the relative fair value of each element, and fair value is determined by vender specific objective evidence (VSOE), where available.  If VSOE is not availalble for all elements, we will use the residual method to separate the elements as long as we have VSOE for the undelivered amounts. If the Company cannot objectively determine the fair value of any undelivered element included in such multiple-element arrangements, the Company defers the revenue until all elements are delivered and services have been performed, or until fair value can objectively be determined for any remaining undelivered elements.

Government Contracts

The Company’s contract revenues generated by the Government segment result primarily from contract services performed for the U.S. Government under a variety of cost-plus fixed fee, time-and-material, and fixed-price contracts.  Revenue on cost-plus fixed fee contracts is recognized based on allowable costs for labor hours delivered, as well as other allowable costs plus the applicable fee.  Revenue on time and material contracts is recognized by multiplying the number of direct labor hours delivered in the performance of the contract by the contract billing rates and adding other direct costs as incurred.  Revenue from fixed-price contracts is recognized as labor hours are delivered which approximates the straight-line basis of the life of the contract. The Company’s obligation under these contracts is to provide labor hours to conduct research or to staff facilities with no other deliverables or performance obligations.  Anticipated losses on all contracts are recorded in full when identified.  Unbilled accounts receivable are stated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements at their estimated realizable value.  Contract costs, including indirect expenses, are subject to audit and adjustment through negotiations between the Company and U.S. Government representatives.

Cash equivalents

Cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments, purchased with a remaining maturity of three months or less, to be cash equivalents.

Accounts receivable - Allowance for doubtful accounts

Accounts receivable – Allowance for doubtful accounts

Allowances for doubtful accounts are based on estimates of probable losses related to accounts receivable balances.  The establishment of allowances requires the use of judgment and assumptions regarding probable losses on receivable balances.

Inventories

Inventories

The Company’s inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method.  The Company uses certain estimates and judgments and considers several factors including product demand, changes in customer requirements and changes in technology to provide for excess and obsolescence reserves to properly value inventory.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to twenty-five years.  Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Other assets

Other assets

Other assets primarily consist of cash surrender value of life insurance related to the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan.

Income taxes

Income taxes

The provision for income taxes is based upon pretax earnings with deferred income taxes provided for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities.  The Company records a valuation allowance when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to their net realizable amounts.  The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Other long-term liabilities

Other long-term liabilities

Other long-term liabilities represent amounts owed to certain employees who are participants in the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan and the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration payable related to the Brink acquisition.

Foreign currency

Foreign currency

The assets and liabilities for the Company’s international operations are translated into U.S. dollars using year-end exchange rates. Income statement items are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the year. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of shareholders’ equity under the heading Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss.  Exchange gains and losses on intercompany balances of a long-term investment nature are also recorded as a translation adjustment and are included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).  Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded in other income in the accompanying statements of operations.

Other Income

Other income

The components of other income for the two years ending December 31 are as follows:

	Year ended December 31 (in thousands)
	2014			2013
Foreign currency gains / (loss)	$	(154	)	$	146
Rental income-net		359			448
Other		99			(88	)
	$	304		$	506

Identifiable intangible assets

Identifiable intangible assets

The Company’s identifiable intangible assets represent intangible assets acquired from the Brink acquisition as well as internally developed software costs.  The Company capitalizes certain costs related to the development of computer software sold by its Hospitality segment. Software development costs incurred prior to establishing technological feasibility are charged to operations and included in research and development costs.  Software development costs incurred after establishing feasibility (as defined within ASC 985-20) are capitalized and amortized on a product-by-product basis when the product is available for general release to customers.  Software costs capitalized during the periods ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $2.9 million and $4.7 million, respectively.

Annual amortization, charged to cost of sales when the product is available for general release to customers, is computed using the greater of (a) the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the product, generally three to seven years or (b) the ratio that current gross revenues for a product bear to the total of current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product.  Amortization of capitalized software costs amounted to $1.9 million and $1.3 million, in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

In 2014, the Company acquired identifiable intangible assets in connection with its acquisition of Brink Software.  Amortization of intangible assets acquired from the Brink acquisition amounted to $279,000 in 2014.  There was no amortization of prior acquisitions recorded in 2014 and 2013.

The components of identifiable intangible assets are:

	December 31, (in thousands)
	2014			2013
Acquired and internally developed software costs	$	26,134		$	16,640
Customer relationships		160			-
Non-competition agreements		30			-
Trademarks, trade names (non-amortizable)		2,200			1,800
		28,524			18,440
Less accumulated amortization		(5,572	)		(3,369	)
	$	22,952		$	15,071

The expected future amortization of these intangible assets assuming straight-line amortization of capitalized software costs and acquisition related intangibles is as follows (in thousands):

2015	$	3,068
2016		3,465
2017		3,364
2018		3,262
2019		2,985
Thereafter		4,608
Total	$	20,752

The Company has elected to test for impairment of indefinite lived intangible assets during the fourth quarter of its fiscal year.  To value the indefinite lived intangible assets, the Company utilizes the royalty method to estimate the fair values of the trademarks and trade names.  As a result of the testing, there was no related impairment charge recorded for the periods ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Stock-based compensation

Stock-based compensation

The Company recognizes all stock-based compensation to employees, including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock awards, in the financial statements as compensation cost over the vesting period using an accelerated expense recognition method, based on their fair value on the date of grant.

Earnings per share

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted earnings per share reflect the dilutive impact of outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards.

The following is a reconciliation of the weighted average shares outstanding for the basic and diluted earnings per share computations (in thousands, except share and per share data):

	December 31,
	2014			2013
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	(3,651	)	$	569
Basic:
Shares outstanding at beginning of year		15,473			15,210
Weighted average shares issued during the year		28			30
Weighted average common shares, basic		15,501			15,240
Income (loss) from continuing operations per common share, basic	$	(0.24	)	$	0.04
Diluted:
Weighted average common shares, basic		15,501			15,240
Weighted average shares issued during the year		-			1
Dilutive impact of stock options and restricted stock awards		-			32
Weighted average common shares, diluted		15,501			15,273
Income (loss) from continuing operations per common share, diluted	$	(0.24	)	$	0.04

At December 31, 2014 and 2013 there were 215,000 and 127,000 incremental shares, respectively, from the assumed exercise of stock options that were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because of the anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share.  There were no restricted stock awards excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Goodwill

Goodwill

The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment.  The Company operates in two business segments, Hospitality and Government.  Goodwill impairment testing is performed at the sub-segment level (referred to as a reporting unit).  The three reporting units utilized by the Company are: Restaurant, Hotel/Resort/Spa, and Government. Goodwill is assigned to reporting units at the date the goodwill is initially recorded. Once goodwill has been assigned to reporting units, it no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition, and all of the activities within a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically grown, are available to support the value of the goodwill.  The amount outstanding for goodwill was $17.2 million and $6.9 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The increase was a result of $10.3 million of goodwill recorded by the Restaurant reporting unit from the acquisition of Brink Software.  There was noimpairment of goodwill for the periods ending December 31, 2014 or 2013.

The changes and carrying amounts of goodwill by reporting unit were as follows (in thousands):

	Restaurants			Hotel/Resort/ Spa			Government		Total
Net Balances at December 31, 2012	$	-		$	6,116		$	736	$	6,852
Goodwill		12,433			13,946			736		27,115
Accumulated Impairment charge		(12,433	)		(7,830	)		-		(20,263	)
Net Balances at December 31, 2013		-			6,116			736		6,852
Goodwill		12,433			13,946			736		27,115
Accumulated Impairment charge		(12,433	)		(7,830	)		-		(20,263	)
Acquisition		10,3115			-			-		10,315
Net balance at December 31, 2014	$	10,315		$	6,116		$	736	$	17,167

Impairment or long-lived assets

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company evaluates the accounting and reporting for the impairment of long-lived assetsin accordance with the reporting requirements of ASC 360-10, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets..  The Company will recognize impairment of long-lived assets or asset groups if the net book value of such assets exceeds the estimated future undiscounted cash flows attributable to such assets.  If the carrying value of a long-lived asset or asset group is considered impaired, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair market value of the long-lived asset or asset group for assets to be held and used, or the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair market value less cost to sell for assets to be sold.  No impairment was identified during 2014 or 2013.

Reclassifications

Reclassifications

Amounts in prior years’ consolidated financial statements are reclassified whenever necessary to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Use of estimates

Use of estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management of the Company to make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reported amount of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period.  Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the recognition and measurement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations at fair value, the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment, identifiable intangible assets and goodwill, valuation allowances for receivables, inventories and deferred income tax assets, and measurement of contingent consideration at fair value. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The current economic conditions and the continued volatility in the U.S. and in many other countries where the Company operates could contribute to decreased consumer confidence and continued economic uncertainty which may adversely impact the Company’s operating performance.  Although the Company has seen an improvement in the markets which it serves, the continued volatility in these markets could have an impact on purchases of the Company’s products, which could result in a reduction of sales, operating income and cash flows. This could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and/or results of operations and could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s significant estimates discussed above, specifically the fair value of the Company’s reporting units used in support of its annual goodwill impairment test.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In June 2014, the FASB issued amended guidance on the accounting for certain share-based employee compensation awards. The amended guidance requires that share-based employee compensation awards with terms of a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. As such, the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award and compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved. The Company is required to adopt this guidance for its annual and interim periods beginning March 1, 2016. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB amended the existing accounting standards for revenue recognition. The amendments are based on the principle that revenue should be recognized to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance provides a five-step analysis of transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The guidance also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity’s contracts with customers. Adoption of the amendments is required in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. Early adoption is not permitted. The amendments may be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented or with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of initial application. PAR is currently evaluating the impact of these amendments and the transition alternatives on PAR's financial statements.

In April 2014, the FASB issued guidance that raises the threshold for a disposal to qualify as a discontinued operation and requires new disclosures of both discontinued operations and other disposals that do not meet the definition of a discontinued operations. The new guidance defines a discontinued operation as a disposal of a component or group of components that is disposed of or is classified as held for sale and represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results. The new guidance is effective on January 1, 2015, with early adoption permitted. While we do not expect a material impact on PAR’s financial statements upon adoption, the effects on future periods will depend upon the nature and significance of future disposals.

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance eliminating diversity in practice surrounding the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The new guidance requires entities to net an unrecognized tax benefit with a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward if the carryforward would be used to settle additional tax due upon disallowance of a tax position. The amendment is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2013 with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this amendment on January 1, 2014 did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

In March 2013, the FASB clarified that, when a reporting entity (parent) ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business within a foreign entity, the parent is required to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income. The cumulative translation adjustment should be released into net income only if the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity in which the subsidiary or group of assets had resided. The FASB also clarified that if a business combination is achieved in stages related to a previously held equity method investment (step-acquisition) that is a foreign entity, the amount of accumulated other comprehensive income that is reclassified and included in the calculation of gain or loss as of the acquisition date shall include any foreign currency translation adjustment related to that previously held investment. The amendments are effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this amendment on January 1, 2014 did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance requiring an entity to measure obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation is fixed at the reporting date as the amount the entity agreed to pay for the arrangement between them and the other entities that are also obligated to the liability and any additional amount the entity expects to pay on behalf of the other entities. The amendments are effective for fiscal periods (and interim reporting periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this amendment on January 1, 2014 did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

XML

Segment and Related Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Segment and Related Information [Abstract]

Segment and Related Information

Note 11 — Segment and Related Information

The Company’s reportable segments are strategic business units that have separate management teams and infrastructures that offer different products and services.

The Company has two reportable segments, Hospitality and Government.  The Hospitality segment offers integrated solutions to the hospitality industry.  These offerings include industry leading hardware and software applications utilized at the point-of-sale, back of store and corporate office, property management, spa and activity applications and includes the acquisition of Brink Software.  This segment also offers customer support including field service, installation, and twenty-four hour telephone support and depot repair.  The Government segment performs complex technical studies, analysis, and experiments, develops innovative solutions, and provides world-class on-site engineering in support of advanced defense, security, and aerospace systems.  This segment also provides affordable expert on-site services for operating and maintaining U.S. Government-owned communication assets.

Information as to the Company’s segments is set forth below.  Amounts below exclude discontinued operations.

	Year ended December 31, (in thousands)
	2014			2013
Revenues:
Hospitality	$	145,921		$	152,376
Government		87,689			89,018
Total	$	233,610		$	241,394
Operating income (loss) :
Hospitality	$	(5,312	)	$	(5,005	)
Government		4,883			5,949
Other		(1,790	)		(1,601	)
		(2,219	)		(657	)
Other income, net		304			506
Interest expense		(136	)		(60	)
Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes	$	(2,051	)	$	(211	)
Identifiable assets:
Hospitality	$	104,027		$	81,386
Government		11,221			16,936
Other		22,049			19,186
Total	$	137,297		$	117,508
Goodwill:
Hospitality	$	16,431		$	6,116
Government		736			736
Total	$	17,167		$	6,852
Depreciation and amortization:
Hospitality	$	3,341		$	2,454
Government		50			46
Other		279			330
Total	$	3,670		$	2,830
Capital expenditures including software costs:
Hospitality	$	3,997		$	5,523
Government		36			63
Other		969			202
Total	$	5,002		$	5,788

The following table presents revenues by country based on the location of the use of the product or services.

	December 31,
	2014		2013
United States	$	202,573	$	201,815
Other Countries		31,037		39,579
Total	$	233,610	$	241,394

The following table presents assets by country based on the location of the asset.

	December 31,
	2014		2013
United States	$	116,155	$	99,937
Other Countries		21,142		17,571
Total	$	137,297	$	117,508

Customers comprising 10% or more of the Company’s total revenues are summarized as follows:

	December 31,
	2014			2013
Hospitality segment:
McDonald’s Corporation		16	%		19	%
Yum! Brands, Inc.		12	%		13	%
Government segment:
U.S. Department of Defense		38	%		37	%
All Others		34	%		31	%
		100	%		100	%

XML

Stock Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Stock Based Compensation [Abstract]

Stock Based Compensation

Note 7 — Stock Based Compensation

The Company recognizes all stock-based compensation to employees, including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock awards, in the financial statements as compensation cost over the vesting period based on their fair value on the date of grant.  Total stock-based compensation expense included in selling, general and administrative expense in 2014 and 2013 was $1,185,000 and $187,000, respectively.  The amount recorded for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was recorded net of benefits of $114,000 and $436,000, as the result of forfeitures of unvested stock awards prior to the completion of the requisite service period.  The amount of total stock based compensation includes $608,000 and $438,000 in 2014 and 2013, respectively, relating to restricted stock awards.  No compensation expense has been capitalized during 2014 and 2013.

The Company has reserved 2,250,000 shares under its 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (“EIP”).  Stock options under this Plan may be incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. The Plan also provides for restricted stock awards, including performance based awards.  Stock options are nontransferable other than upon death.  Option grants generally vest over a one to five year period after the grant and typically expire ten years after the date of the grant. The EIP provides for the grant of several different forms of stock-based compensation, including stock options to purchase shares of PAR common stock. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (Compensation Committee) has discretion to determine the material terms and conditions of option awards under the EIP, provided that (i) the exercise price must be no less than the fair market value of PAR common stock (defined as the closing price) on the date of grant, (ii) the term must be no longer than ten years, and (iii) in no event shall the normal vesting schedule provide for vesting in less than one year. Other terms and conditions of an award of stock options will be determined by the Compensation Committee as set forth in the agreement relating to that award. The Compensation Committee has authority to administer the EIP.

Information with respect to stock options included within this plan is as follows:

	No. of Shares (in thousands)			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Outstanding at December 31, 2013		1,048		$	5.45	$	270
Options granted		417			5.15
Forfeited and cancelled		(225	)		5.16
Outstanding at December 31, 2014		1,240		$	5.28	$	1,264
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2014		1,192		$	5.28	$	1,215
Total shares exercisable as of December 31, 2014		344		$	5.60	$	344
Shares remaining available for grant		332

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years 2014 and 2013 was $1.68 and $1.55, respectively.  There were no options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2014.  The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2013 was $11,000.    New shares of the Company’s common stock are issued as a result of stock option exercises in 2013.  The fair value of options at the date of the grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions for the respective period ending December 31:

	2014			2013
Expected option life	5.9 years			4.6 years
Weighted average risk-free interest rate		1.7	%		1.3	%
Weighted average expected volatility		31	%		33	%
Expected dividend yield		0	%		0	%

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the expected option life was based on the Company’s historical experience with similar type options.  Expected volatility is based on historical volatility levels of the Company’s common stock over the preceding period of time consistent with the expected life.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life.  Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2014 are summarized as follows:

Range of Exercise Prices		Number  Outstanding (in thousands)		Weighted Average Remaining Life	Weighted Average Exercise Price
$	4.06 - $6.25		1,203	8.62 years	$	5.07
$	6.26 - $11.40		37	1.37 years	$	10.04
$	4.06 - $11.40		1,240	8.41 years	$	5.28

At December 31, 2014 the aggregate unrecognized compensation cost of unvested equity awards, as determined using a Black-Scholes option valuation model, was $1.7 million (net of estimated forfeitures) which is expected to be recognized as compensation expense in fiscal years 2015 through 2018.

Current year activity with respect to the Company’s non-vested restricted stock awards is as follows:

Non-vested shares (in thousands)	Shares			Weighted Average grant- date fair value
Balance at January 1, 2014		277		$	4.65
Granted		170			5.24
Vested		(112	)		4.23
Forfeited and cancelled		(62	)		3.46
Balance at December 31, 2014		273		$	4.68

The EIP also provides for the issuance of restricted stock, as well as restricted stock units.   These types of awards can have either service based or performance based vesting with performance goals being established by the Compensation Committee.  Grants of restricted stock with service based vesting are subject to vesting periods ranging from zero to 60 months.  Grants of restricted stock with performance based vesting are subject to a vesting period of 12 to 36 months and performance conditions as defined by the Compensation Committee.  The Company assesses the likelihood of achievement throughout the performance period and recognizes compensation expense associated with its performance awards based on this assessment.  Other terms and conditions applicable to any award of restricted stock will be determined by the Compensation Committee and set forth in the agreement relating to that award.

During 2014 and 2013, the Company issued 170,000 and 247,000 restricted stock awards, respectively, at a per share price of $0.02.  Included within the equity grants were approximately 109,000 performance based restricted stock awards which vest upon the achievement of Business Unit and Consolidated financial goals relative to fiscal years 2014 through 2016.  These equity awards are forfeited if the performance conditions are not achieved for each fiscal year.  For the periods ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized compensation expense related to the performance awards based on its estimate of the probability of achievement in accordance with ASC Topic 718.  The Company did not recognize any compensation expense related to the performance awards for the period ended December 31, 2013.

The fair value of restricted stock awards is based on the average price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.  The weighted average grant date fair value of restricted stock awards granted during the years 2014 and 2013 was $5.24 and $4.50, respectively.  In accordance with the terms of the restricted stock award agreements, the Company released 112,000 and 49,000 shares during 2014 and 2013, respectively.  During 2014, there were 62,000 shares of restricted stock cancelled, of which 52,000 were performance based restricted shares.  During 2013, there were 95,000 shares of restricted stock cancelled, of which 93,000 were performance based restricted shares.

XML

Property, Plant and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Property, Plant and Equipment

Note 5 — Property, Plant and Equipment

The components of property, plant and equipment are:

	December 31, (in thousands)
	2014			2013
Land	$	253		$	253
Building and improvements		6,467			6,540
Rental property		5,308			5,311
Furniture and equipment		13,177			25,431
		25,205			37,535
Less accumulated depreciation		(19,070	)		(32,041	)
	$	6,135		$	5,494

The estimated useful lives of buildings and improvements and rental property are twenty to twenty-five years.  The estimated useful lives of furniture and equipment range from three to eight years.  Depreciation expense was $1,467,000 and $1,502,000 for 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company leases a portion of its headquarters facility to various tenants.  Net rent received from these leases totaled $359,000 and $448,000 for 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Future minimum rent payments due to the Company under these lease arrangements are approximately $237,000 in 2015 and 2016 and $178,000 in 2017.

The Company leases office space under various operating leases. Rental expense on these operating leases was approximately $2.0 million and $2.6 million for 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Future minimum lease payments under all non-cancelable operating leases are (in thousands):

2015		1,821
2016		1,456
2017		1,031
2018		786
2019		721
Thereafter		1,220
	$	7,035

XML

Debt

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Debt [Abstract]

Debt

Note 6 — Debt

During fiscal year 2013 and through June 4, 2014, the Company maintained a credit facility with J.P. Morgan Chase, N.A. and NBT Bank, N.A. (on behalf of itself and as successor by merger to Alliance Bank, N.A.) consisting of $20.0 million  in working capital lines of credit (with the option to increase to $30.0 million), which expired in June 2014.  This agreement allowed the Company, at its option, to borrow funds at the LIBOR rate plus the applicable interest rate spread or at the bank's prime lending rate.  This credit facility was secured by certain assets of the Company.

On June 5, 2014, the Company executed an amendment to its then existing credit facility to provide for the renewal of the facility through June 2017, with terms generally consistent to those of its prior facility.  This facility provided the Company with capital of up to $20.0 million (with the option to increase to $30.0 million) in the form of a revolving line of credit.  This agreement allowed the Company, at its option, to borrow funds at the LIBOR rate plus the applicable interest rate spread or at the bank's prime lending rate.

On September 9, 2014, the Company terminated its existing credit facilities with J.P. Morgan Chase, N.A. and NBT Bank, N.A. (on behalf of itself and as successor by merger to Alliance Bank, N.A.) consisting of $20.0 million in working capital lines of credit, and the Company and its domestic subsidiaries entered into a new three-year credit facility with J.P. Morgan Chase, N.A. The terms of the new agreement provide for up to $25 million of a line of credit, with borrowing availability based on a percentage of value of various assets of the Company and its subsidiaries. The new agreement bears interest at the applicable bank rate (3.25% at December 31, 2014) or, at the Company's option, at the LIBOR rate plus the applicable interest rate spread (range of 1.5% – 2.0%).  At December 31, 2014, the Company had an outstanding balance of approximately $5.0 million on this line of credit at a rate of 2.19%.  The weighted average interest rate paid by the Company was approximately 2.64% during fiscal year 2014.   The new agreement contains traditional asset based loan covenants and includes covenants regarding earnings before interest, tax, depreciation & amortization (“EBITDA”) and a fixed charge coverage ratio, and provides for acceleration upon the occurrence of customary events of defaults.  The Company was in compliance with these covenants at December 31, 2014.

On March 19, 2015, the Company amended its existing Credit Facility to reduce the EBITDA requirement and extended the fixed charge coverage ratio.  The amendment provides the Company flexibility to continue investing in the Company’s future product offerings while maintaining certain covenant thresholds as defined in the amendment.  The Company anticipates it will be in compliance with its covenants throughout fiscal year 2015.

In addition to the credit facility described above, the Company has a mortgage loan, collateralized by certain real estate, with a balance of $919,000 and $1,084,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  This mortgage matures on November 1, 2019.  The Company's fixed interest rate was 4.05% through October 1, 2014.  Beginning on October 1, 2014, the fixed rate was converted to a new rate equal to the then-current five year fixed advanced rate charged by the New York Federal Home Loan bank, plus 225 basis points.  Effective November 1, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement that fixed the interest rate at 4.00% through the maturity date of the loan.  The annual mortgage payment including interest through November 1, 2019 totals $206,000.

In connection with the acquisition of Brink Software on September 18, 2014, the Company recorded indebtedness to the former owners of Brink under the stock purchase agreement.  At December 31, 2014, the principal balance of the note payable was $5.0 million and it had a carrying value of $4.8 million.  The carrying value was based on the note’s estimated fair value at the time of acquisition.  The note does not bear interest and repayment terms are $3.0 million payable on the first anniversary of close, September 18, 2015, and $2.0 million payable on the second anniversary of close, September 18, 2016.

The Company’s future principal payments under the stock purchase agreement and its mortgage are as follows (in thousands):

2015	$	3,173
2016		2,000
2017		188
2018		195
2019		183
	$	5,739

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Note 8— Income Taxes

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes from continuing operations consists of:

	Year ended December 31, (in thousands)
	2014		2013
Current income tax:
Federal	$	115	$	(16	)
State		212		27
Foreign		757		1,087
		1,084		1,098
Deferred income tax:
Federal		370		(1,813	)
State		146		(65	)
		516		(1,878	)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	$	1,600	$	(780	)

No deferred tax benefit or expense related to discontinued operations was recorded in fiscal year 2014 compared to a benefit of $108,000 during fiscal year 2013.

Deferred tax liabilities (assets) are comprised of the following at:

	December 31, (in thousands)
	2014			2013
Deferred tax liabilities:
Software development costs	$	4,984		$	5,042
Acquired intangible assets		2,350			-
Gross deferred tax liabilities		7,334			5,042
Allowances for bad debts and inventory		(4,524	)		(3,819	)
Capitalized inventory costs		(114	)		(122	)
Intangible assets		(2,100	)		(3,223	)
Employee benefit accruals		(1,715	)		(1,764	)
Federal net operating loss carryforward		(9,344	)		(10,524	)
State net operating loss carryforward		(1,104	)		(1,200	)
Tax credit carryforwards		(7,809	)		(4,979	)
Foreign currency		(33	)		(33	)
Other		(502	)		(585	)
Gross deferred tax assets		(27,150	)		(26,249	)
Less valuation allowance		3,947			2,377
Net deferred tax assets	$	(15,869	)	$	(18,830	)

The Company has Federal tax credit carryforwards of $4.5 million that expire in various tax years from 2015 to 2034.  The Company has a Federal operating loss carryforward of $26.4 million that expires in various tax years through 2034.  Of the operating loss carryforward, $1.6 million will result in a benefit within additional paid in capital when realized.  The Company also has state tax credit carryforwards of $307,000 and state net operating loss carryforwards of $20.1 million which expire in various tax years through 2034.  In assessing the ability to realize deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences become deductible.  Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.  As a result of this analysis and based on the current year’s taxable loss, management determined that it is more likely than not that the future benefit associated with the foreign tax credit carryforwards and certain state tax credits and loss carryforwards will not be realized.  As a result, the Company recorded tax expense associated with an additional deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $1.6 million and $179,000 for 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company records the benefits relating to uncertain tax positions only when it is more likely than not (likelihood of greater than 50%), based on technical merits, that the position would be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. Tax positions that meet the more likely than not threshold are measured using a probability-weighted approach as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement.   At December 31, 2014, the Company’s reserve for uncertain tax positions is not material and the Company believes it has adequately provided for its tax-related liabilities.  The Company is no longer subject to United States federal income tax examinations for years before 2011.  The provision for (benefit from) income taxes differed from the provision computed by applying the Federal statutory rate to income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes due to the following:

	Year ended December 31,
	2014			2013
Federal statutory tax rate		(34.0	)%		(34.0	)%
State taxes		13.8			1.7
Non deductible expenses		10.1			61.3
Tax credits		(21.5	)		(378.2	)
Repatriation of foreign earnings		109.8			0.0
Foreign income tax rate differential		(79.3	)		(103.0	)
Valuation allowance		76.6			84.8
Other		2.5			(2.4	)
		78.0	%		(369.8	)%

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) (USD $) Share data in Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014 Segment	Dec. 31, 2013
Basis of consolidation [Abstract]
Net loss associated with working capital adjustment on discontinued operations	$ 0	$ (211,000)
Maximum maturity period to classify as cash equivalent	3 months
Other income [Abstract]
Foreign currency gains / (loss)	(154,000)	146,000
Rental income-net	359,000	448,000
Other	99,000	(88,000)
Total	304,000	506,000
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Amortization of capitalized software costs	2,900,000	4,700,000
Accelerated amortization	1,900,000	1,300,000
Amortization identifiable intangible assets	279,000	0
Components of identifiable intangible assets, including capitalized internal software development costs [Abstract]
Acquired and internally developed software costs	26,134,000	16,640,000
Customer relationships	160,000	0
Non-competition agreements	30,000	0
Trademarks (non-amortizable)	2,200,000	1,800,000
Gross	28,524,000	18,440,000
Less accumulated amortization	(5,572,000)	(3,369,000)
Net	22,952,000	15,071,000
Future amortization of intangible assets [Abstract]
2015	3,068,000
2016	3,465,000
2017	3,364,000
2018	3,262,000
2019	2,985,000
Thereafter	4,608,000
Total	20,752,000
Basic and diluted earnings per share computations [Abstract]
Income (loss) from continuing operations	(3,651,000)	569,000
Basic [Abstract]
Shares outstanding at beginning of year (in shares)	15,473	15,210
Weighted shares issued during the year (in shares)	28	30
Weighted average common shares, basic (in shares)	15,501	15,240
Loss from continuing operations per common share, basic (in dollars per share)	$ (0.24)	$ 0.04
Diluted [Abstract]
Weighted average common shares, basic (in shares)	15,501	15,240
Weighted average shares issued during the year (in shares)	0	1
Dilutive impact of stock options and restricted stock awards (in shares)	0	32
Weighted average common shares, diluted (in shares)	15,501	15,273
Loss from continuing operations per common share, diluted (in dollars per share)	$ (0.24)	$ 0.04
Goodwill [Abstract]
Number of operating segments	2
Number of reportable units	3
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Net balances at beginning of period	6,852,000	6,852,000
Goodwill	27,115,000	27,115,000
Accumulated Impairment charge	(20,263,000)	(20,263,000)
Acquisition	10,315,000
Net balance at end of period	17,167,000	6,852,000
Restaurants [Member]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Net balances at beginning of period	0	0
Goodwill	12,433,000	12,433,000
Accumulated Impairment charge	(12,433,000)	(12,433,000)
Acquisition	10,315,000
Net balance at end of period	10,315,000	0
Hotel/Resort/Spa [Member]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Net balances at beginning of period	6,116,000	6,116,000
Goodwill	13,946,000	13,946,000
Accumulated Impairment charge	(7,830,000)	(7,830,000)
Acquisition	0
Net balance at end of period	6,116,000	6,116,000
Government Segment [Member]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Net balances at beginning of period	736,000	736,000
Goodwill	736,000	736,000
Accumulated Impairment charge	0	0
Acquisition	0
Net balance at end of period	$ 736,000	$ 736,000
Stock Options [Member]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Incremental shares excluded from computation of diluted earnings per share (in shares)	215,000	127,000
Minimum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives	3 years
Maximum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives	25 years

XML

Related Party Transactions

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related Party Transactions

Note 13 — Related Party Transactions

The Company leases its corporate wellness facility to related parties at a current rate of $9,775 per month. The Company receives a complimentary membership to this facility which is provided to all employees.  During 2014 and 2013 the Company received rental income amounting to $117,300 for the lease of the facility in each year.

XML

Accounts Receivable (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Accounts Receivable [Abstract]

Accounts receivable

The Company’s net accounts receivable consist of:

	December 31, (in thousands)
	2014			2013
Government segment:
Billed	$	9,340		$	16,932
Advanced billings		(450	)		(4,335	)
		8,890			12,597
Hospitality segment:
Accounts receivable - net		22,555			18,091
	$	31,445		$	30,688

XML

Income Taxes (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Current income tax [Abstract]
Federal	$ 115,000	$ (16,000)
State	212,000	27,000
Foreign	757,000	1,087,000
Total	1,084,000	1,098,000
Deferred income tax [Abstract]
Federal	370,000	(1,813,000)
State	146,000	(65,000)
Total	516,000	(1,878,000)
Benefit for income taxes	1,600,000	(780,000)
(Provision) benefit for income taxes	108,000
Deferred tax liabilities (assets)
Software development costs	4,984,000	5,042,000
Acquired intangible assets	2,350,000	0
Gross deferred tax liabilities	7,334,000	5,042,000
Allowances for bad debts and inventory	(4,524,000)	(3,819,000)
Capitalized inventory costs	(114,000)	(122,000)
Intangible assets	(2,100,000)	(3,223,000)
Employee benefit accruals	(1,715,000)	(1,764,000)
Federal net operating loss carryforward	(9,249,000)	(10,524,000)
State net operating loss carryforward	(1,104,000)	(1,200,000)
Tax credit carryforwards	(7,809,000)	(4,979,000)
Foreign currency	(33,000)	(33,000)
Other	(502,000)	(585,000)
Gross deferred tax assets	(27,150,000)	(26,249,000)
Less valuation allowance	3,947,000	2,377,000
Net deferred tax assets	(15,869,000)	(18,830,000)
Schedule of Income Tax [Line Items]
Benefit within additional paid in capital on realization of operating loss carryforward	1,600,000
Tax expense associated with deferred tax asset valuation allowance	1,600,000	179,000
Percentage for recognition of uncertain tax positions, minimum (in hundredths)	50.00%
Computation of effective income tax rate [Abstract]
Federal statutory tax rate (in hundredths)	(34.00%)	(34.00%)
State taxes (in hundredths)	13.80%	1.70%
Non deductible expenses (in hundredths)	7.60%	61.30%
Tax credits (in hundredths)	(21.50%)	(378.20%)
Foreign subsidiary liquidation	109.80%	0.00%
Foreign income tax rate differential (in hundredths)	(79.30%)	(103.00%)
Valuation allowance (in hundredths)	76.60%	84.80%
Other (in hundredths)	2.50%	(2.40%)
Total (in hundredths)	75.50%	(369.80%)
State [Member]
Schedule of Income Tax [Line Items]
Tax credit carryforwards	307,000
Operating loss carryforward	20,100,000
Federal [Member]
Schedule of Income Tax [Line Items]
Tax credit carryforwards	4,500,000
Operating loss carryforward	$ 26,400,000

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS [Abstract]
Net income (loss)	$ (3,651)	$ 358
Other comprehensive loss net of applicable tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(777)	(435)
Comprehensive loss	$ (4,428)	$ (77)

XML

Acquisition

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Acquisition [Abstract]

Acquisition

Note 2 — Acquisition

On September 18, 2014, PAR Technology Corporation (the "Company") and its wholly-owned subsidiary, ParTech, Inc. ("ParTech"), entered into and closed a definitive agreement with Brink Software Inc. ("Brink") and all the shareholders of Brink pursuant to which ParTech has purchased the equity interest of Brink in a two-step closing.  This acquisition was to expand the Company’s cloud based POS software offerings to complement the Company’s existing infrastructure. The guaranteed portion of the purchase price for Brink’s shares will total $10 million in cash, which is payable over a period of three years with $5.0 million paid at closing, $3.0 million payable on the first year anniversary of close, and $2.0 million payable on the second year anniversary of close.  In addition to the guaranteed payments, there is a contingent consideration of up to $7.0 million payable to the former owners of Brink based on the achievement of certain conditions as defined in the definitive agreement.  

The payment of $5.0 million on September 18, 2014, was for the purchase of 51% of Brink’s outstanding shares. The remaining 49% will be purchased and transferred on September 18, 2015, the first anniversary of the initial closing date, for a purchase price of $5.0 million, $3.0 million of which will be payable at the second closing and the $2.0 million balance will be payable on September 18, 2016.  The Company has a current note payable included within the Consolidated Balance Sheet of $3.0 million for payment at the second close.  The estimated fair value of the long term portion of the note payable due on September 18, 2016 is approximately $1.8 million and is included within long-term debt in PAR’s consolidated balance sheet.  Per the stock purchase agreement, Brink shareholders assigned their voting rights of the remaining 49% of Brink shares to PAR.  As a result, PAR controls 100% of the Brink shares and fully consolidates the financial results of Brink in accordance with ASC Topic 805.  The agreement also provides for up to $1.0 million of the purchase price to be delivered into escrow if one or more claims arise within the first twelve months of the transaction. Such escrow will serve as a source of payment for any indemnification obligations that may arise. 

The contingent purchase price maximum of $7.0 million can be earned through fiscal year 2018, based upon the achievement of certain conditions as defined in the definitive agreement.  The estimated fair value of this contingent consideration is approximately $5.0 million and is included within non-current liabilities in PAR’s consolidated balance sheet (see note 12). 

In determining the purchase price allocation, the Company considered, among other factors, market participants’ intentions to use the acquired assets and the historical and estimated future demand for the acquired Brink POS cloud based point of sale application.As of September 18, 2014, the Company recorded an aggregate purchase price of $14.9 million, including a cash payment of $5.0 million, net of cash acquired of $184,000, plus additional estimated cash payments of $9.9 million, which represents the fair value of the remaining consideration.  

The total purchase price was allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company based on their fair values as of the closing date of the acquisition.  The excess of the purchase price over those fair values was recorded to goodwill.  The following table summarizes our allocation of purchase price (in thousands):

Accounts receivable	$	83
Inventories		116
Intangible assets		7,190
Goodwill		10,315
Other assets		90
Total assets acquired	$	17,794
Accounts payable	$	124
Other current liabilites		365
Deferred tax liabilities		2,445
Total liabilities assumed	$	2,934
Purchase price	$	14,860

The identifiable intangible assets acquired and their estimated useful lives (based on third party valuations) are as follows:

	Fair Value		Estimated Useful Life
Trade Name	$	400	Indefinite
Developed Technology		6,600	7 Years
Customer Relationships		160	7 Years
Non-Competition Agreements		30	7 Years
	$	7,190

The intangible assets are being amortized on a straight line basis, which is consistent with the pattern that the economic benefits of the intangible assets are expected to be utilized based on the estimated cash flows generated from such assets.  The Company recognized approximately $279,000 of amortization expense related to the amortizable intangible assets at December 31, 2014 based on the aforementioned estimates.

On an unaudited proforma basis, assuming the completed acquisition has occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented, the consolidated results of the Company would have been as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Year ended December 31,
	2014			2013
Revenues	$	235,075		$	242,476
Net loss	$	(4,281	)	$	(779	)
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	(0.28	)	$	(0.05	)
Diluted	$	(0.28	)	$	(0.05	)

The unaudited proforma financial information presented above gives effect to purchase accounting adjustments which have resulted or are expected to result from the acquisition.  This proforma information is not necessarily indicative of the results that would actually have been obtained had the companies combined for the periods presents.

The Company has recognized transaction, integration, and other acquisition related costs of approximately $163,000 through December 31, 2014, which have been recorded within sales, general, and administration expense within the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Additionally, the results of the Brink acquisition acquired in 2014 contributed $832,000 to PAR’s revenue and further reduced PAR’s net loss by $145,000.  The results of operations of the Brink acquisition is reported in the Company’s consolidated results of operations of the Company from the date of acquisition.

XML

Inventories (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Inventories [Abstract]

Components of inventory

Inventories are used primarily in the manufacture, maintenance, and service of the Hospitality segment systems.  Inventories are net of related reserves. The components of inventories-net are:

	December 31, (in thousands)
	2014		2013
Finished Goods	$	13,609	$	12,033
Work in process		457		297
Component parts		3,748		3,558
Service parts		8,108		8,577
	$	25,922	$	24,465

XML

Property, Plant and Equipment (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Components of property, plant and equipment [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment, Gross	$ 25,205,000	$ 37,535,000
Less accumulated depreciation	(19,070,000)	(32,041,000)
Property, plant and equipment, Net	6,135,000	5,494,000
Depreciation expense recorded	1,467,000	1,502,000
Rent received from leases	359,000	448,000
Future minimum rent payments due in 2015	237,000
Future minimum rent payments due in 2016	237,000
Future minimum rent payments due in 2017	178,000
Rental expense on operating leases	2,000,000	2,600,000
Future minimum lease payments under all non-cancelable operating leases [Abstract]
2015	1,821,000
2016	1,456,000
2017	1,031,000
2018	786,000
2019	721,000
Thereafter	1,220,000
Total	7,035,000
Minimum [Member]
Components of property, plant and equipment [Abstract]
Estimated useful lives	3 years
Maximum [Member]
Components of property, plant and equipment [Abstract]
Estimated useful lives	25 years
Land [Member]
Components of property, plant and equipment [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment, Gross	253,000	253,000
Building and improvements [Member]
Components of property, plant and equipment [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment, Gross	6,467,000	6,540,000
Building and improvements [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Components of property, plant and equipment [Abstract]
Estimated useful lives	20 years
Building and improvements [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Components of property, plant and equipment [Abstract]
Estimated useful lives	25 years
Rental property [Member]
Components of property, plant and equipment [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment, Gross	5,308,000	5,311,000
Rental property [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Components of property, plant and equipment [Abstract]
Estimated useful lives	20 years
Rental property [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Components of property, plant and equipment [Abstract]
Estimated useful lives	25 years
Furniture and equipment [Member]
Components of property, plant and equipment [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment, Gross	$ 13,177,000	$ 25,431,000
Furniture and equipment [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Components of property, plant and equipment [Abstract]
Estimated useful lives	3 years
Furniture and equipment [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Components of property, plant and equipment [Abstract]
Estimated useful lives	8 years

XML

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Fair Value of Financial Instruments [Abstract]

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Note 12 — Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments have been recorded at fair value using available market information and valuation techniques.  The fair value hierarchy is based upon three levels of input, which are:

Level 1 − quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (observable)

Level 2 − inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in inactive markets, or other inputs that are observable market data for essentially the full term of the asset or liability (observable)

Level 3 − unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity, but are significant to determining the fair value of the asset or liability (unobservable)

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, trade payables and debt instruments. For cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and trade payables, the carrying amounts of these financial instruments as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 were considered representative of their fair values.  The estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term debt and line of credit at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was based on variable and fixed interest rates at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, for new issues with similar remaining maturities and approximates the respective carrying values at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

The deferred compensation assets and liabilities primarily relate to the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan, which allows for pre-tax salary deferrals for certain key employees (see note 9). Changes in the fair value of the deferred compensation liabilities are derived using quoted prices in active markets of the asset selections made by the participants. The deferred compensation liabilities are classified within Level 2, as defined under U.S. GAAP, because their inputs are derived principally from observable market data by correlation to the hypothetical investments. The Company holds insurance investments to partially offset the Company’s liabilities under the Deferred Compensation Plan, which are recorded at fair value each period using the cash surrender value of the insurance investments.

The Company has obligations, to be paid in cash, to the former owners of Brink Software, based on the achievement of certain conditions as defined in the definitive agreement (see note 2).  The fair value of this contingent consideration payable was estimated using a discounted cash flow method, with significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 fair value measurement as defined in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. The significant inputs in the Level 3 measurement not supported by market activity included the Company’s probability assessments of expected future cash flows related to the Company’s acquisition of Brink Software during the contingent consideration period, appropriately discounted considering the uncertainties associated with the obligation, and calculated in accordance with the terms of the definitive agreement.  The liabilities for the contingent consideration were established at the time of the acquisition and will be evaluated on a quarterly basis based on additional information as it becomes available.  Any change in the fair value adjustment is recorded in the earnings of that period.  Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration obligations may result from changes in probability assumptions with respect to the likelihood of achieving the various contingent payment obligations.Significant increases or decreases in the inputs noted above in isolation would result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement. 

The following table presents a summary of changes in fair value of the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):

	Level 3 Inputs
	Liabilities
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	-
New level 3 liability (contingent consideration liability)		5,040
Total gains (losses) reported in earnings		-
Transfers into or out of Level 3		-
Balance at December 31, 2014	$	5,040